1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

401
7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 1/401

Transcript of 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

Page 1: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 1/401

Page 2: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 2/401

Legal notice

Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective

owners.

The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.

Copyright © 2013Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.

Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respectiveowners.

The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.

Copyright © 2012Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.

Conformance statements

Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules

Security statement

In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,

applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any

allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.

Limited warranty

For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.

Ordering Information

For more ordering information, refer to "How to order" in the section titled "about this document."

Page 3: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 3/401

Contents

About this document

Purpose  ........................................................................................................................................................................................... xixxix

Intended audience   ...................................................................................................................................................................... xixxix

How to use this document   ....................................................................................................................................................... xixxix

Safety information   ....................................................................................................................................................................... xxxx

Conventions used   ....................................................................................................................................................................... xxixxi

Related information  ...................................................................................................................................................................

 xxixxi

Document support   ................................................................................................................................................................... xxiiixxiii

Technical support  ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxiiixxiii

How to order   ............................................................................................................................................................................. xxiiixxiii

How to comment   ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxiiixxiii

1   Safety

Structure of safety statements ...............................................................................................................................................  1-11-1

2   Equipment Installation

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-12-1

Before you begin   ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-22-2

Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4  ........................................................................................................... 2-72-7

AC Filter Installation and Replacement   ......................................................................................................................... 2-182-18

Half-slot adapter installation   .............................................................................................................................................. 2-232-23

Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 .................................................................................... 2-262-26

Verify installation and seat packs   ..................................................................................................................................... 2-452-45

ID module replacement   ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-462-46

Procedure to connect Rack lamp   ...................................................................................................................................... 2-472-47

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

iii

Page 4: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 4/401

Line Driver Port Attributes   ................................................................................................................................................. 2-502-50

Replacing a card ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-532-53

1DPP24M Installation procedures   ................................................................................................................................... 2-572-57

11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure  ..............................................................................

2-632-63

11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure  ............................................................................................................ 2-682-68

11QPE24 Installation procedure   ....................................................................................................................................... 2-732-73

112PDM11 Installation procedure   ................................................................................................................................... 2-762-76

4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure  ............................................................................................................................ 2-802-80

4QPA8 Installation procedure   ............................................................................................................................................ 2-832-83

PTPCTL Installation procedures .......................................................................................................................................  2-872-87

PTPIO Installation procedures   .......................................................................................................................................... 2-932-93

SPD Shelf Installation procedures   ................................................................................................................................... 2-972-97

Shelf cover installation   ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-1052-105

3   Fan and air filter installation

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-13-1

Fan installation and replacement  ......................................................................................................................................... 3-23-2

Fan air filter replacement   ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-43-4

4   Stand-alone node set-up

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-14-1

Required materials  .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-24-2

Preconditioning .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-64-6

Connect to the NE and initialize database   ....................................................................................................................... 4-74-7

Connect to the NE for CLI access  ....................................................................................................................................

 4-124-12

Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software   ......................................................... 4-144-14

Set the NE to operate in SDH mode   ................................................................................................................................ 4-234-23

Set the loopback IP address   ................................................................................................................................................ 4-244-24

Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

iv   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 5: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 5/401

Configure networking information   .................................................................................................................................. 4-264-26

Configure GNE for management system access  ......................................................................................................... 4-314-31

Set the network element date and time   ........................................................................................................................... 4-384-38

Disable the ES port monitoring  .........................................................................................................................................

 4-444-44

Firmware Update   .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-474-47

Update firmware on all circuit packs   .............................................................................................................................. 4-494-49

Circuit Pack Handling   .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-494-49

Configure additional system properties .......................................................................................................................... 4-554-55

Example configuration of FTP server   ............................................................................................................................. 4-574-57

5   Circuit connections

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-15-1

Provision new wavelength service   ..................................................................................................................................... 5-25-2

Perform power adjustments   ................................................................................................................................................ 5-135-13

Delete wavelength service ................................................................................................................................................... 5-295-29

Provision transponder for connection to an unmanaged network element ........................................................ 5-345-34

5-min timer during service turn-up   .................................................................................................................................. 5-415-41

Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link   ............................................................................................................. 5-465-46

6   System Turn-up and commissioning

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-16-1

 Network commissioning background  ................................................................................................................................ 6-26-2

Preconditioning procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-56-5

Establish connection to the network   .................................................................................................................................. 6-76-7

Provision the system  .............................................................................................................................................................

6-146-14

Commission a FOADM system   ........................................................................................................................................ 6-236-23

Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines   ................................................................................................. 6-426-42

Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services   ...................................................................................... 6-536-53

Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

v

Page 6: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 6/401

Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier   ............................................................................................................. 6-586-58

Disconnect PC from the Network   .................................................................................................................................... 6-596-59

Understanding the loss report   ............................................................................................................................................ 6-606-60

Generate and review system loss report  .........................................................................................................................

6-676-67

Troubleshooting failed adjustments  ................................................................................................................................. 6-746-74

7   Performance verification testing and data retrieval

Overview  ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-17-1

Perform database backups   ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-17-1

A   Fiber cleaning

Overview  ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1A-1

Cleaning optical connectors  ................................................................................................................................................. A-3A-3

Inspecting optical connectors   .............................................................................................................................................. A-6A-6

Cleaning other optical components   ................................................................................................................................... A-7A-7

B   Tightening torque

Overview  ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1B-1

 Nominal tightening torques   .................................................................................................................................................. B-1B-1

Glossary

Index

Contents

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vi   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 7: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 7/401

List of tables

1   Chapter contents  ......................................................................................................................................................... xixxix

2-1   Office power connection and cable color   ....................................................................................................... 2-272-27

2-2   Test and expected results   ...................................................................................................................................... 2-282-28

2-3   Power connection test and Results  .................................................................................................................... 2-312-31

2-4   Shelf ID and Settings   ............................................................................................................................................. 2-332-33

2-5   Timing cable wire pin number description   .................................................................................................... 2-652-65

2-6   E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram  .......................................................................................................

 2-882-88

2-7   E1/DS1 2 MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram  ............................................................................................ 2-892-89

4-1   CIT cable pin assignments   ..................................................................................................................................... 4-24-2

4-2   Shelf ID and settings  .............................................................................................................................................. 4-214-21

6-1   Report contents   ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-626-62

6-2   Loss value field loss report explanations  ........................................................................................................ 6-636-63

6-3   Notes field terms and definitions  ....................................................................................................................... 6-646-64

6-4   Highlighting loss report rules   ............................................................................................................................. 6-656-65

6-5   Minimum EPT parameters for network element   ......................................................................................... 6-676-67

6-6   Loss report fields   ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-726-72

6-7   Loss report error messages   .................................................................................................................................. 6-746-74

A-1   Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors  ..................................................................................................... A-3A-3

B-1   Nominal tightening torques  ................................................................................................................................... B-1B-1

B-2   Nominal tightening torques when using washers  .........................................................................................

 B-2B-2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

vii

Page 8: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 8/401

List of tables

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

viii   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 9: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 9/401

List of figures

2-1   PSS-4 slot number label (3KC13252AA) position   ....................................................................................... 2-32-3

2-2   Showing compliance and safety warnings   ....................................................................................................... 2-52-5

2-3   eSFP plugged in 112PDM11 with extended cover (3KC13331AAAA)   ............................................. 2-162-16

2-4   Attenuator used on 112PDM11 with extended cover   ................................................................................ 2-172-17

2-5   E4PFACK card   ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-202-20

2-6   Half slot adapter install tool - view1   ................................................................................................................ 2-242-24

2-7   Half slot adapter install tool - view2  ................................................................................................................

 2-252-25

2-8   Rear ground attachment point   ............................................................................................................................ 2-262-26

2-9   Power Cable   .............................................................................................................................................................. 2-282-28

2-10   Power cables installed (front cover open)   ...................................................................................................... 2-292-29

2-11   Power cables management to the left of the shelf   ....................................................................................... 2-302-30

2-12   Power cables management beneath the shelf   ................................................................................................ 2-312-31

2-13   Shelf ID   ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-332-33

2-14   Fibers Placement   ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-342-34

2-15   Short LC fiber boot  ................................................................................................................................................. 2-352-35

2-16   Rear ground attachment point   ............................................................................................................................ 2-372-37

2-17   CA-AC Power supply cable   ................................................................................................................................ 2-382-38

2-18   Connecting CA-AC cable to AC cable adaptor   ............................................................................................ 2-392-39

2-19   E4PFACK power input port   ................................................................................................................................ 2-402-40

2-20   E4PFACK power input port - another view  ..................................................................................................

 2-412-41

2-21   CA-AC cable routing  ............................................................................................................................................. 2-422-42

2-22   AC filter switch OFF   ............................................................................................................................................. 2-432-43

2-23   AC filter switch ON   ............................................................................................................................................... 2-442-44

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

ix

Page 10: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 10/401

2-24   Cable - Rack lamp connection  ............................................................................................................................ 2-472-47

2-25   TRU - connectors location  ................................................................................................................................... 2-482-48

2-26   TRU front view   ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-492-49

2-27   Bi-directional amplifier   .........................................................................................................................................

 2-502-50

2-28   Uni-directional amplifier   ...................................................................................................................................... 2-502-50

2-29   Set opposite direction port   ................................................................................................................................... 2-512-51

2-30   Create external connection   .................................................................................................................................. 2-522-52

2-31   E1 cable   ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-582-58

2-32   E1 pin assignment table   ........................................................................................................................................ 2-582-58

2-33   E1 wire diagram   ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-592-59

2-34   11DPE12 card face plate   ...................................................................................................................................... 2-632-63

2-35   11DPE12A card views  ........................................................................................................................................... 2-642-64

2-36   11DPE12E card face plate   ................................................................................................................................... 2-642-64

2-37   Timing cable wire diagram   .................................................................................................................................. 2-652-65

2-38   PSS4 shelf view   ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-662-66

2-39   11QPA4 card views   ................................................................................................................................................ 2-682-68

2-40   Lock the card  ............................................................................................................................................................

 2-692-69

2-41   Angled boot fiber connector   ............................................................................................................................... 2-702-70

2-42   Connect fibers to ports   .......................................................................................................................................... 2-702-70

2-43   Ports linked by jumpers   ........................................................................................................................................ 2-712-71

2-44   11QPE24 card views   .............................................................................................................................................. 2-732-73

2-45   PSS4 shelf view   ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-742-74

2-46   112PDM11 Card   ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-762-76

2-47   Card locked in place  ............................................................................................................................................... 2-772-77

2-48   Angled boot fiber connector   ............................................................................................................................... 2-782-78

2-49   Fibers connected to ports  ...................................................................................................................................... 2-782-78

2-50   Shelf cover   ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-792-79

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 11: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 11/401

2-51   4DPA2 card face plate   ........................................................................................................................................... 2-802-80

2-52   Lock the card - 4DPA2   .......................................................................................................................................... 2-812-81

2-53   4QPA8 card   ............................................................................................................................................................... 2-832-83

2-54   Card locked in place  ...............................................................................................................................................

 2-842-84

2-55   Angled boot fiber connector   ............................................................................................................................... 2-852-85

2-56   Fibers connected to ports  ...................................................................................................................................... 2-852-85

2-57   Shelf cover   ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-862-86

2-58   PTPCTL card overview   ........................................................................................................................................ 2-872-87

2-59   E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable  ................................................................................................................................... 2-882-88

2-60   E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable   ........................................................................................................................ 2-892-89

2-61   Card locked in place   ............................................................................................................................................... 2-902-90

2-62   Angled boot fiber connector   ............................................................................................................................... 2-912-91

2-63   Fibers connected to ports  ...................................................................................................................................... 2-912-91

2-64   Shelf cover   ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-922-92

2-65   LC adaptors   ............................................................................................................................................................... 2-932-93

2-66   LC interface assignments   ..................................................................................................................................... 2-942-94

2-67   Card locked in place  ...............................................................................................................................................

 2-952-95

2-68   Angled boot fiber connector   ............................................................................................................................... 2-952-95

2-69   Fibers connected to ports  ...................................................................................................................................... 2-962-96

2-70   Shelf cover   ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-962-96

2-71   SPD installation for a 19 inch ANSI rack   ...................................................................................................... 2-972-97

2-72   SPD installation for a 23 inch ANSI rack   ...................................................................................................... 2-982-98

2-73   Bay frame   ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-992-99

2-74   Power supply cable   .............................................................................................................................................. 2-1002-100

2-75   Plugging the connector   ....................................................................................................................................... 2-1012-101

2-76   Cable tie   ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1022-102

2-77   SPD unit connects to the AC filter   ................................................................................................................. 2-1022-102

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xi

Page 12: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 12/401

2-78   AC filter switch - OFF status   ........................................................................................................................... 2-1032-103

2-79   AC filter switch - ON status   ............................................................................................................................. 2-1042-104

3-1   1830 PSS-4 fan module   ........................................................................................................................................... 3-33-3

3-2   Air filter removal  .......................................................................................................................................................

 3-53-5

4-1   CIT cable   ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-34-3

4-2   New CIT cable   ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-34-3

4-3   New CIT cable   ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-44-4

4-4   PC command window   .............................................................................................................................................. 4-74-7

4-5   Login Screen   ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-84-8

4-6   WebUI invalid database warning   ......................................................................................................................... 4-94-9

4-7   WebUI NE name prompt   ...................................................................................................................................... 4-104-10

4-8   WebUI NE restart progress window  ................................................................................................................. 4-104-10

4-9   Windows Firewall settings  ................................................................................................................................... 4-164-16

4-10   Default route box  ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-274-27

4-11   Default route   ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-274-27

4-12   OSPF settings   ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-284-28

4-13   Create OSPF Area  ...................................................................................................................................................

 4-294-29

4-14   New OSPF area created   ........................................................................................................................................ 4-294-29

4-15   WebUI OAMP port provisioning   ...................................................................................................................... 4-324-32

4-16   WebUI IP routes menu   .......................................................................................................................................... 4-334-33

4-17   WebUI IP routes window   ..................................................................................................................................... 4-344-34

4-18   WebUI Create IP route window   ......................................................................................................................... 4-354-35

4-19   WebUI IP routes window with new route   ...................................................................................................... 4-364-36

4-20   NTP Servers screen   ................................................................................................................................................ 4-404-40

4-21   Create NTP Server screen   .................................................................................................................................... 4-414-41

4-22   Network Time Protocol Properties screen   ..................................................................................................... 4-424-42

4-23   Firmware   .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-474-47

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xii   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 13: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 13/401

4-24   Circuit pack handling - Example 1   ................................................................................................................... 4-504-50

4-25   Circuit pack handling - Example 2   ................................................................................................................... 4-504-50

4-26   Circuit pack handling - Example 3   ................................................................................................................... 4-514-51

4-27   Circuit pack handling - Example 4  ...................................................................................................................

 4-514-51

4-28   Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 5   .................................................................................... 4-524-52

4-29   Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 6   .................................................................................... 4-534-53

4-30   Proper LC Connector Handling   ......................................................................................................................... 4-544-54

4-31   Broken OSC Fibers   ................................................................................................................................................ 4-544-54

4-32   FileZilla connect to server window   .................................................................................................................. 4-584-58

4-33   FileZilla server window   ........................................................................................................................................ 4-594-59

4-34   FileZilla groups menu   ........................................................................................................................................... 4-604-60

4-35   FileZilla groups window  ....................................................................................................................................... 4-604-60

4-36   FileZilla add group window   ................................................................................................................................ 4-614-61

4-37   FileZilla groups shared folders window   ......................................................................................................... 4-624-62

4-38   FileZilla browse folder window  ......................................................................................................................... 4-634-63

4-39   FileZilla users menu   ............................................................................................................................................... 4-644-64

4-40   FileZilla users window  ..........................................................................................................................................

 4-654-65

4-41   FileZilla add user window   ................................................................................................................................... 4-664-66

4-42   FileZilla users shared folders window  ............................................................................................................. 4-674-67

4-43   FileZilla browse folder window  ......................................................................................................................... 4-684-68

5-1   1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu   ........................................................................................................... 5-25-2

5-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology window   ....................................................................... 5-35-3

5-3   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button  .......................................................... 5-45-4

5-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window  ................................................................................ 5-55-5

5-5   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu   ................................................................................ 5-65-6

5-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port   .......................................................................................... 5-65-6

5-7   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up menu   .................................................................... 5-75-7

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xiii

Page 14: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 14/401

5-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu   ..................................................... 5-85-8

5-9   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1   ..................................................... 5-95-9

5-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 2   .................................................. 5-105-10

5-11   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 3  ..................................................

 5-115-11

5-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 4   .................................................. 5-125-12

5-13   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5   .................................................. 5-125-12

5-14   1354 RM-PhM power management service   .................................................................................................. 5-145-14

5-15   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment  .................................................................................... 5-155-15

5-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment  .................................................................................... 5-165-16

5-17   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading   .................................................................................. 5-175-17

5-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection   ........................................................... 5-185-18

5-19   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers   .................................................................................... 5-195-19

5-20   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain   ............................................................................................ 5-205-20

5-21   1354 RM-PhM power level reading  ................................................................................................................. 5-225-22

5-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading   .................................................................................. 5-245-24

5-23   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection   ........................................................... 5-255-25

5-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers  ....................................................................................

 5-265-26

5-25   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain   ............................................................................................ 5-275-27

5-26   1354 RM-PhM all channel powers   ................................................................................................................... 5-285-28

5-27   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning  ........................................................ 5-295-29

5-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM delete button   ............................................................................................... 5-305-30

5-29   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning  ........................................................ 5-305-30

5-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu   ......................................................................... 5-315-31

5-31   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision topology window   .................................................................. 5-325-32

5-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect button   ................................................. 5-335-33

5-33   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect warning   .............................................. 5-335-33

5-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window   ............................................................................. 5-355-35

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xiv   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 15: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 15/401

5-35   1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu   ............................................................................................................. 5-365-36

5-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port   ....................................................................................... 5-365-36

5-37   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM define ITU channel  ................................................................................... 5-375-37

5-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE programmed network output power   ...........................................

 5-385-38

5-39   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu   ......................................................................... 5-395-39

5-40   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection   ............................................. 5-405-40

5-41   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged connection warning   .......................................................... 5-405-40

5-42   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window   .......................................................... 5-415-41

5-43   An example of network service   ........................................................................................................................ 5-425-42

5-44   An example of turn-up process for an auto-power managed and auto-keyed service   ................... 5-435-43

5-45   1830 PSS-4 Regen bus link   ................................................................................................................................. 5-465-46

6-1   Decomposition of mesh network into constituent systems   ........................................................................ 6-36-3

6-2   1354 RM-PhM login screen   .................................................................................................................................. 6-96-9

6-3   1354 RM-PhM new server/port window   .......................................................................................................... 6-96-9

6-4   1354 RM-PhM new server/port window  ........................................................................................................ 6-106-10

6-5   1354 RM-PhM topology view screen   .............................................................................................................. 6-106-10

6-6   1354 RM-PhM auto discovery settings  ...........................................................................................................

 6-116-11

6-7   1354 RM-PhM create network element   .......................................................................................................... 6-126-12

6-8   1354 RM-PhM newly discovered NE’s   .......................................................................................................... 6-136-13

6-9   CPB login window  .................................................................................................................................................. 6-156-15

6-10   CPB main window  .................................................................................................................................................. 6-166-16

6-11   CPB provision system wizard overview  ......................................................................................................... 6-176-17

6-12   1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard options  ........................................................................................ 6-186-18

6-13   1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard select planning tool output file   .......................................... 6-196-19

6-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision system node list   ..................................................................... 6-206-20

6-15   1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard stages   .......................................................................................... 6-216-21

6-16   Commissioning service for a FOADM system   ............................................................................................ 6-246-24

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xv

Page 16: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 16/401

6-17   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioning completion   ................................. 6-256-25

6-18   1354 RM-PhM wavelength services   ................................................................................................................ 6-266-26

6-19   1354 RM-PhM power A-Z button  ..................................................................................................................... 6-266-26

6-20   1354 RM-PhM power adjust  ...............................................................................................................................

 6-276-27

6-21   1354 RM-PhM set commissioning flag message   ........................................................................................ 6-286-28

6-22   1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment  ................................................................................................................... 6-296-29

6-23   1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment  ................................................................................................................... 6-306-30

6-24   1354 RM-PhM power level reading  ................................................................................................................. 6-326-32

6-25   1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu   .................................................................................................................. 6-336-33

6-26   1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window  .................................................................................................. 6-346-34

6-27   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading   .................................................................................. 6-366-36

6-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading   .................................................................................. 6-386-38

6-29   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu   ................................................................................... 6-396-39

6-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window  ................................................................... 6-406-40

6-31   Commissioning service for a FOADM system   ............................................................................................ 6-436-43

6-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power   .......................................................... 6-456-45

6-33   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power   ..................................................................................

 6-466-46

6-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list   .......................................................................... 6-476-47

6-35   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment   ............................................................................ 6-486-48

6-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list   .......................................................................... 6-506-50

6-37   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power   .......................................................... 6-546-54

6-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power   .................................................................................. 6-556-55

6-39   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list   .......................................................................... 6-566-56

6-40   Shows a section of the loss report for a span and a node   ......................................................................... 6-616-61

6-41   CPB Create system loss report overview   ....................................................................................................... 6-686-68

6-42   CPB Create system loss report select planning tool file   ........................................................................... 6-686-68

6-43   CPB Create system loss report stages progress window   .......................................................................... 6-696-69

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xvi   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 17: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 17/401

6-44   CPB Create system loss report last page   ........................................................................................................ 6-706-70

6-45   CPB sample loss report   ......................................................................................................................................... 6-716-71

7-1   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu   ................................................................................................ 7-27-2

7-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window  ...................................................................................

 7-37-3

7-3   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu   ......................................................................................... 7-47-4

7-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup   ..................................................................................................... 7-47-4

7-5   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu   ........................................................................... 7-57-5

7-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup icon   ............................................................................................ 7-57-5

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xvii

Page 18: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 18/401

List of figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xviii   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 19: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 19/401

About this documentAbout this document

Purpose

This manual provides instructions for installation, turn-up and testing of the

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4).

Intended audience

This installation manual portion of this document is for personnel who will install

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 equipment. The System Turn-up and Test (also called

Integration) is for personnel who will integrate the NEs into a complete network.

This manual is intended ONLY for use in a central office environment in Network 

Equipment Building Standards (NEBS) installations and for installation and testing

 performed prior to turnover to central office personnel.

How to use this document

This manual is divided into six parts each containing several chapters. The first part

explains the installation sequence at a high level. It is useful to the trained installer or job

 planner. The other parts provide instructional steps for personnel needing additional detail

or background information. The chapters in each part are numbered in the order which

they are to be performed.

Chapter contents

Table 1 Chapter contents

Chapter Contents

Chapter 1, “Safety”   This chapter describes the components of 

safety statements that appear in this document.

Chapter 2, “Equipment Installation”   This chapter describes how to install and equip

a network element (NE) to get it ready to

operate in the network.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xix

Page 20: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 20/401

Table 1 Chapter contents (continued)

Chapter Contents

Chapter 3, “Fan and air filter installation”   This chapter provides instructions for 

installation and replacement of the fan and air 

filter.Chapter 4, “Stand-alone node set-up”   This chapter describes how to provision an

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service

Switch-4 (PSS-4) network element (NE).

Chapter 5, “Circuit connections”   The procedures in this chapter should be used

when adding new wavelength services to an

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network.

Chapter 6, “System Turn-up and

commissioning”

This chapter provides the detailed procedures

required to commission the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 PSS-4 network using the Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager (1354RM-PhM) along with the Commissioning and

Power Balancing (CPB) tool.

Chapter 7, “Performance verification testing

and data retrieval”

The procedures in this chapter helps you

 perform final verification on the network after 

commissioning is complete.

Appendix A, “Fiber cleaning”   This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent

recommended method for the cleaning and

inspection of optical connectors using specific

tools and materials that have been proven to be

effective in the assembly and testing of opticaltransmission equipment.

Appendix B, “Tightening torque”   The listed tightening torque values are to be

used for all fasteners on the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS).

Glossary Defines terms used throughout the

documentation.

Index Provides detailed access to the contents of this

document.

Safety information

For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at

 points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to

follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.

 About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xx   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 21: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 21/401

Conventions used

Appearance Description

 Italicized text •   File and directory names

•   Emphasized information

•   Titles of publications

•   A value that the user supplies

Graphical user interface text or key

name•   Text that is displayed in a graphical user 

interface or in a hardware label

•   The name of a key on the keyboard

input text   Command names and text that the user types or 

selects as input to a system

output text   Text that a system displays or prints

Related information

The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch-4 (PSS-4) Installation and System

turn-up Guide is part of a set of documents that support Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS

 products. The following items are available:

Document Number Document Title

3KC-13324-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)

 Release 6.0 Product Information and Planning Guide

3KC-13325-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)

 Release 6.0 User Provisioning Guide

3KC-13327-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)

 Release 6.0 TL1 Commands and Messages Guide

3KC-13328-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)

 Product Family Release 6.0 Documentation Library

PSS documents

8DG-61259-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Product 

 Information and Planning Guide8DG-61259-AAAA-TCZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 User Provisioning 

Guide

 About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xxi

Page 22: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 22/401

Document Number Document Title

8DG-61259-AAAA-TMZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Maintenance and 

Trouble-Clearing Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-THZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Command Line

 Interface Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TGZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Photonics TL1

Commands and Messages Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TFZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Switching TL1

Commands and Messages Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TJZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16 

(PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Installation and SystemTurn-Up Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TKZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36 

(PSS-36) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-Up

Guide (Photonics and Switching)

8DG-61259-AAAA-TLZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 64

(PSS-64) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-Up

Guide (Switching)

8DG-61259-AAAA-TAZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Safety Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TEZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 

(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Engineering and 

 Planning Tool User Guide

8DG-61688-TAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager 

 Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide

3KC27912AAAA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)

 Release 1.9.0 MSAH Edge Device User Guide

8DG60418LAAA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)

 Release 2.7.0 GBEH Edge Device User Guide

3KC27912BAAA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1) Release 1.9.0 MD4H Edge Device User Guide

8DG60386JAAA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)

 Release 1.0.0 AHP Amplifier User Guide

 About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xxii   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 23: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 23/401

Document Number Document Title

8DG60013MAAA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16 

(PSS-32/PSS-16) RAMAN Amplifier and EDFA Release

3.5.0 User Guide

3KC-42940-AAAA-TQZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Versatile WDM Module (VWM) Release 6.0 Product Information and Planning Guide

8DG-61259-AAAA-TZZZA   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Family Release 6.0

 Documentation Library

Note: This Documentation library does not include the EPT User Guide. This is published

on separate media.

Document support

Alcatel-Lucent provides a referral telephone number for document support. Use this

number to report errors or to ask questions about the document. This is a nontechnical

number. The referral number is 1 (888) 727 3615 (continental United States) or +1 (630)

713 5000 (for all countries).

Technical support

For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the

Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact

information.

Login to OnLine Customer Support (OLCS) at http://support.alcatel-lucent.com and

select your country from the menu under "Product Technical Support - Phone and E-mailContact Information".

How to order

Contact your local sales representative, or login to OLCS at http://support.alcatel-

lucent.com and select your product from the menu under "Technical Content for".

How to comment

To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-

lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline

([email protected]).

 About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

xxiii

Page 24: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 24/401

 About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xxiv   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 25: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 25/401

1   1Safety

Structure of safety statements

Overview

This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document.

General structure

Safety statements include the following structural elements:

Item Structure element Purpose

1 Safety alert symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury

(optional)

2 Safety symbol Indicates hazard type (optional)

3 Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard

4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or  

injury

5 Safety message Consequences if protective measures fail

 SA M P L E

B C D

E   F

G

H

 Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injurydue to the size and weight of the equipment.

 Always use three people or a lifting device to transport and position this equipment. [ABC123]

CAUTION

Lifting hazard

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

1-1

Page 26: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 26/401

Item Structure element Purpose

6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard

7 Identifier The reference ID of the safety statement

(optional)

Signal words

The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows:

Signal word Meaning

DANGER Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will

result in death or serious injury.

WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

death or serious injury.

CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

minor or moderate injury.

 NOTICE Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.

Safety    Structure of safety statements

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 27: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 27/401

2   2Equipment Installation

Overview

Purpose

This chapter describes how to install and equip a network element (NE) to get it ready to

operate in the network.

Contents

Before you begin 2-2

Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 2-7

AC Filter Installation and Replacement 2-18

Half-slot adapter installation 2-23

Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 2-26

Verify installation and seat packs 2-45

ID module replacement 2-46

Procedure to connect Rack lamp 2-47

Line Driver Port Attributes 2-50

Replacing a card 2-53

1DPP24M Installation procedures 2-57

11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure 2-63

11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure 2-68

11QPE24 Installation procedure 2-73

112PDM11 Installation procedure 2-76

4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure 2-80

4QPA8 Installation procedure 2-83

PTPCTL Installation procedures 2-87

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-1

Page 28: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 28/401

Page 29: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 29/401

Figure 2-1 PSS-4 slot number label (3KC13252AA) position

Equipment Installation   Before you begin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-3

Page 30: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 30/401

Equipment Installation   Before you begin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 31: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 31/401

Safety labeling

Figure 2-2, “Showing compliance and safety warnings” (p. 2-5) shows the Alcatel-Lucent

labeling on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 that provides compliance and safety warnings.

System installation overview

To install an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4, perform the following steps:

•   “Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4” (p. 2-7)

•   “Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4” (p. 2-26)

•   “Verify installation and seat packs” (p. 2-45)

Figure 2-2 Showing compliance and safety warnings

Equipment Installation   Before you begin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-5

Page 32: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 32/401

Use information from other maintenance procedures in this chapter as needed to complete

 physical installation. See Software setup and configuration  in  User Provisioning Guide

for the procedures needed to configure and place the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in

service.

Equipment Installation   Before you begin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 33: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 33/401

Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

Before you begin

Mounting kits are available with the hardware needed to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830

PSS-4 in a standard EIA, ANSI, or ETSI equipment rack. For details and orderinginformation, see 1830 PSS-4 installation kits in Product Information and Planning Guide.

Procedure for ETSI equipment rack

Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an ETSI equipment

rack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the ESD and ground label on the ETSI rack mounting ears (P/N

3KC13334AAAA) as shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port

(P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Determine the mounting location.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-7

Page 34: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 34/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Attach the ETSI rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13334AAAA) to right side of the 1830

PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 35: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 35/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Attach the ETSI cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13057AAAB) to the left side of 

the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf, with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012), as

shown in the following figure:

Refer to the “eSFP cable management” (p. 2-14) for more information on eSFP cable

management in ETSI racks.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in an ETSI rack, using two-M6x12 screws (P/N

1AD009150001) per side.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-9

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 36: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 36/401

Procedure for ANSI equipment rack

Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an ANSI equipment

rack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the ESD and GROUND label on the ANSI rack mounting ears (P/N3KC13338AAAA) as shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port

(P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Determine the mounting location.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 37: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 37/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Attach ANSI rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13338AAAA) to the right side of the 1830

PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Attach the 23” cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13056AAAB) to the left side of the

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf, with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012), as shown

in the following figure:

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-11

Page 38: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 38/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in an ANSI 23” rack, using two 12-24 screws (P/N

1AD139920001) per side.

Procedure for EIA equipment rack

Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an EIA (19")

equipment rack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the ESD and GROUND label on the EIA mounting ear (P/N 3KC13336AAAA) as

shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port (P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Determine the mounting location.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 39: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 39/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Attach 19” EIA rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13336AAAA) to the right side of the 1830

PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side as shown in the

following figure:

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-13

Page 40: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 40/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Attach the 19” cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13055AAAB) to the left side of the

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf , with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) as shown

in the following figure:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in the EIA rack, using two 12-24 screws (P/N

1AD139920001) per side.

eSFP cable management

The PSS-4 shelf has an open space of 44 mm between the Card and the standard front

cover (3KC12890AA**) as shown in the following figure:

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 41: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 41/401

The RJ-45 boot has a length of 25mm with a space of 44mm between the card and the

standard front cover. This leaves a space of 10 mm which is the space available for 

 bending the STP cable. This is less than its threshold -4xOD (normal).

Note: There are several thresholds for STP cable, local field support engineer should

check before deployment.

If the Bending radius is less than the threshold, it may have a negative impact on its

functioning.

The possible solutions to resolve this problem are listed in the following:

1. Use the shortest RJ-45 boot from Tyco (11mm) with standard front cover 

(3KC12890AA**); the cable management space increases by 7mm, although the

 bending radius is still less than its threshold.

2. Remove the ETSI rack door and the front cover.

3. Use extended cover (3KC13331AAAA) installed on ANSI, EIA or ETSI (without

rack door) rack.

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-15

Page 42: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 42/401

SDI SFP cable management

The SDI SFP is supported by PSS-4, under this case, extended cover (3KC13331AAAA)

may be used. Local support engineer should pay attention to the space between the card

and the front cover basing the bending radius of the cable. An example picture is shown

 below:

Attenuator usage

Using Normal front cover (3KC12890AA**) or installed on ETSI rack with rack door,

attenuator can not be used.

Using Extended front cover (3KC13331AAAA) or installed on ETSI rack without rack 

door, attenuator can be used with angle or short boot fiber.

Figure 2-3 eSFP plugged in 112PDM11 with extended cover (3KC13331AAAA)

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 43: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 43/401

Figure 2-4 Attenuator used on 112PDM11 with extended cover

Equipment Installation   Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-17

Page 44: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 44/401

AC Filter Installation and Replacement

AC filter installation procedure

Complete the following steps to install and AC filter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Place the AC filter 3KC12834AAAA in ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can

immediately continue with Step 2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Grasp AC filter with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom.

Equipment Installation   AC Filter Installation and Replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 45: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 45/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted, keep

the eject handle open and grasp the card by the retaining screws in both sides as shown in

the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle

force to fully seat the card on the backplane.

Equipment Installation   AC Filter Installation and Replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-19

Page 46: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 46/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Lock the card into place by closing the eject handle. As the eject handle close, it turning

as card contacts the backplane. Push the eject handle towards faceplate, further seating

the card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Completely tighten the retaining screws, but do not over tighten it.

Figure 2-5 E4PFACK card

Equipment Installation   AC Filter Installation and Replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-20   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 47: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 47/401

AC Filter replacement procedure

Complete the following steps to replace the AC filter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Turn the switch of the AC filter 'OFF' with 0# screw driver.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Disconnect the cable CA-AC power supply from the outlet of AC power supply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Press the tab on the connector of AC CABLE ADAPTOR and pull it out from power 

input port of AC filter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Loosen the retaining screws on both the sides.

Equipment Installation   AC Filter Installation and Replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-21

Page 48: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 48/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Pull the eject handle of AC filter, and AC card is pushed out by eject handle. As the card

is partially pulled out, grasp the card by the retaining screws in both sides and pull the

card fully out.

Equipment Installation   AC Filter Installation and Replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 49: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 49/401

Half-slot adapter installation

Before you begin

The customer order and rack face drawings show where the circuit packs need to be

installed. Some circuit packs are half height and half slot adapters. Half-slot adaptersshown in the following figure are necessary to install these circuit packs. Install all the

adapters first, before installing any other flexible circuit packs. For Equipment installing

on 19” European Rack, the white hook on 19” ETSI cable management

(3KC13070AAAB) must be removed before installing the second half slot adaptor in

PSS-4 chassis.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Verify that the sub-rack power is turned off at the power filters in slot 2 and slot 3.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Disconnect the power cables which connect to power filters in slot 2 and slot 3 from main

 power supply or the power supply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Refer to the Rack face drawing for the site to determine where half-slot adapters are

required to be placed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the half-slot adapter in the middle of the chassis as shown in the following figure.

View from the side to ensure that it does not touch any of the electrical components onthe backplane or any other circuit packs.

Equipment Installation   Half-slot adapter installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-23

Page 50: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 50/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that the half-slot adapter is well seated on dock, and secure it with a 13” (or 

longer) #2 Phillips screw driver (with 13” or 330 mm shank or longer) as shown in the

following figure.

Figure 2-6 Half slot adapter install tool - view1

Equipment Installation   Half-slot adapter installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 51: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 51/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Repeat steps 4 through 5 till all the required adapters are installed.

Figure 2-7 Half slot adapter install tool - view2

Equipment Installation   Half-slot adapter installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-25

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 52: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 52/401

Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

Powering and provisioning procedure for DC

Complete the following steps to apply power and provision Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated

Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN

applications.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is

not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should

 be 14 AWG (2.0 mm2 cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy

YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.

Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground

cable to the rear of the chassis. Screws longer than 8 mm can damage the equipment.

Figure 2-8 Rear ground attachment point

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-26   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 53: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 53/401

Bay frame is properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint and non-conductive

coatings, exposing bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare metal must be clean

and coated with anti-oxidant prior to attaching ground lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Connect one end of customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using onlythread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Measure resistance between the case of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or IBN.

The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that power supply for device is shut off at BDFB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Connect A and B power cables to customer provided power supply cables using tableTable 2-1, “Office power connection and cable color” (p. 2-27) .

Note: In Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4, the battery return conductor is an Isolated DC

return (DC-I).

Table 2-1 Office power connection and cable color

Office power connection Cable color

A Battery - Blue

A Return + Red

A Ground Black (NAR)

Yellow/Green (ETSI)

B Battery - Blue

B Return + Red

B Ground Black (NAR)

Yellow/Green (ETSI)

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-27

Page 54: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 54/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Test continuity of A and B power cables using Table 2-2, “Test and expected results”

(p. 2-28) for each cable.

Table 2-2 Test and expected results

Test point 1 Test point 2 Expected measurement

Pin 1 Pin 3 Open circuit

Pin 3 Pin 2 Minimal closed circuit, dependent on wire

length (~1 ohm)

Figure 2-9 Power Cable

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 55: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 55/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Connect power cables to power filters. Route cables to the left to provide access to filter 

 ports and for air filter replacement.

Figure 2-10 Power cables installed (front cover open)

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-29

Page 56: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 56/401

Figure 2-11 Power cables management to the left of the shelf 

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 57: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 57/401

Note: The power cables management depends on the rack space. The pictorial

illustrations in Figure 2-11, “Power cables management to the left of the shelf”

(p. 2-30) and Figure 2-12, “Power cables management beneath the shelf”

(p. 2-31) shows the two different methods of managing the power cables.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Turn on A and B power at BDFB and verify power connection using Table 2-3, “Power 

connection test and Results” (p. 2-31).

Table 2-3 Power connection test and Results

Test Expected Results

Shut off power A at BDFB, with

corresponding power B turned on

Power Filter A status LED extinguishes

Power Filter B status LED remains lit

Figure 2-12 Power cables management beneath the shelf 

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-31

Page 58: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 58/401

Table 2-3 Power connection test and Results (continued)

Test Expected Results

Shut off power B at BDFB, with

corresponding power A turned on

Power Filter B status LED extinguishes

Power Filter A status LED remains lit

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Turn off A and B power at BDFB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Insert a half-slot pack adapter in the filter slot next to the Equipment Controller. There are

two sizes of filter packs, full size and half size. Half-size packs require that a half-size

 pack adapter be installed prior to inserting the filter pack(s). To install the half-size pack 

adapter, refer to “Half-slot adapter installation” (p. 2-23) for the detailed procedure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Insert OTs as specified by the client. First insert an OT in the lower OT slot, then insert an

OT in the upper OT slot. When inserting a OT in the upper OT slot, EC/SFC/SFD should

 be lifted to avoid conflict.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Install EC and any required SFD/SFC filters.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Insert blanks in any unused slots. If no circuit pack is installed, insert the full-size blank.

For SFC/D full/half slot blank, they should be fastened.

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 59: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 59/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Set the Shelf ID using Shelf ID selector switch on lower left of shelf. Choose from the

options in Table 2-4, “Shelf ID and Settings” (p. 2-33).

Table 2-4 Shelf ID and Settings

Shelf Shelf ID setting

Master 1Peer shelf 1 2

Peer shelf 2 3

Peer shelf 3 4

Peer shelf 4 5

Peer shelf 5 6

Peer shelf 6 7

Peer shelf 7 8

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Verify that the PSS-4 FAN and air filter is installed (see “Fan air filter replacement”

(p. 3-4)).

Figure 2-13 Shelf ID

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-33

Page 60: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 60/401

Page 61: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 61/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   Fiber slack is neatly coiled, using the hook-and-loop fasteners included in the installation

kit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

22   Turn on A and B power at BDFB.

Fiber connectors

In general, the type of fiber jumper used with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 depends on the

type of rack (bay or cabinet) the equipment is installed. Commonly, Fiber jumpers used

with ETSI racks need to have a short, straight fiber boot as shown in Figure 2-15, “Short

LC fiber boot” (p. 2-35)to eliminate any interference between the fiber jumper sand the

ETSI cabinet door. Fiber jumpers used with ANSI or EIA racks need to have angled fiber  boots as shown in “Fiber connectors” (p. 2-36). It is important that the right fiber jumpers

 be ordered based on the type of rack being used.

Straight short boot. 35 mm maximum from tip of fiber to back edge of boot.

Figure 2-15 Short LC fiber boot

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-35

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 62: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 62/401

40 degree angled. Must rotate 360 degrees without damaging fiber. 53.1 mm max. from

fiber tip to back edge of boot.

Powering and provisioning procedure for AC

Complete the following steps to apply power from AC supply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated

Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN

applications.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is

not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should

 be 14 AWG (2.0 mm2 cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy

YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 63: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 63/401

Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground

cable to the rear of the chassis. Screws longer than 8 mm can damage the equipment.

Bay frame is properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint and non-conductive

coatings, exposing bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare metal must be clean

and coated with anti-oxidant prior to attaching ground lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Connect one end of customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using only

thread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Measure resistance between the case of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or IBN.

The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that the AC filter is properly installed in Slot2/Slot3.

Figure 2-16 Rear ground attachment point

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-37

Page 64: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 64/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Unpack the cable CA-AC Power Supply (3KC05127AXAA, X is variant for cable type, it

depends on type of installation kits) and AC CABLE ADAPTOR 3KC13016AAAA from

installation kit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Ensure no sides of these two items are connecting either power supply or AC filter cards.

Figure 2-17 CA-AC Power supply cable

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 65: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 65/401

Page 66: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 66/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Plug the connector of AC CABLE ADAPTOR into power input port of AC filter and

ensure that the connection is reliable as shown in the following figure.

Figure 2-19 E4PFACK power input port

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-40   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 67: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 67/401

Figure 2-20 E4PFACK power input port - another view

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-41

Page 68: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 68/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Route the cable and secure towards AC power supply. Place the plug of the cable ‘CA-AC

Power Supply’ near the outlet of AC power supply. Do not plug it into AC power outlet

 before following steps.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Ensure that the cable routing near AC filter is not too tight.

Figure 2-21 CA-AC cable routing

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-42   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 69: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 69/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Ensure that the switch of AC filter is in ‘OFF’ status. If not, use No.0 screw driver to turn

it off as shown in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Verify that the designated AC power source outlet is surge protected. Refer to Power 

 filters in  Product Information and Planning Guide for the AC power source specification.

Reference the site engineering specification for any additional site specific AC

requirements. Connect the other end of the cable ‘CA-AC Power Supply’ to the outlet of 

AC power supply.

Figure 2-22 AC filter switch OFF

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-43

Page 70: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 70/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Turn the switch of AC filter ‘ON’ with No.0 screw driver as shown in the following

figure.

Figure 2-23 AC filter switch ON

Equipment Installation   Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-44   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 71: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 71/401

Verify installation and seat packs

Objective

Ensure that the NE has been installed as described in the previous procedures and is ready

for initial setup.Note: If EC/SFC/SFD is seated in their respective slots, then to facilitate the

installation of OT/LD cards beneath the EC, ensure the screws on the faceplate of the

EC/SFC/SFD are fastened securely.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Refer to the site documentation and verify that all modules are present and slotted

correctly. Verify that the fibers are properly run between packs.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check all power and electrical cabling to be sure that they are run properly.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If there are multiple shelves, verify that shelf ID settings and LAN cables are correctly

linked between the shelves.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Verify that the shelf is powered up and the green led is lit on both power filter modules.

Verify that the fans are running.

Equipment Installation   Verify installation and seat packs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-45

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 72: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 72/401

ID module replacement

Overview

Unlike the user panel for the 1830 PSS-32, the 1830 PSS-4 ID module can only be

replaced when the unit is powered down. The 1830 PSS-4 ID module has an EPROM thatcontains the serial number and information to retain remote access capability in the event

of a database loss, similar to a user panel in the 1830 PSS-32.

ID module replacement procedure

Note: When restarting after replacement of an ID module on an NE that has been

 powered down, the new ID module will cause the NE to appear as though it has never 

 been commissioned. To preserve traffic during the restart, the NE database should

 NOT be initialized. Instead, a previously backed up database is restored to the NE

after the restart.

Use the following procedure to replace an ID module on an 1830 PSS-4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Reprovision the NE Name for the NE. This can be done during the initial connection to

the NE with the WebUI, or using the CLI command:   config general name.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Reprovision the loopback IP address for the NE, using the CLI command:

config interface loopback ip.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   On an 1830 PSS, reprovision the user panel OAMP port IP address for this NE, using theCLI command: config interface 1/1/oamp ip.

Physically replace the 1830PSS-1 FAN (integrated Fan/User Panel).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Reprovision the static routing (gateway) information for this NE, using the CLI

command: config cn routes static add .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   To bring the database from a remote server to the NE, enter the CLI command:

config database restore force.

Equipment Installation   ID module replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-46   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 73: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 73/401

Procedure to connect Rack lamp

Overview

In 1830 PSS-4, the Rack lamp control is implemented by using the housekeeping ports

integrated in -48 Vdc Power Filter cards.

Procedure

The following procedure describes the steps to connect a Rack lamp to the Housekeeping

 ports.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Verify that the -48 Vdc power filters are properly installed in slot 2 and slot 3

respectively.

Note: The Housekeeping ports are available only on -48 Vdc power filters.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The connection between Rack lamp unit of TRU and housekeeping of PSS4 is through a

2500 length cable (PN: 3KC13193AAAA). One end of this cable is terminated with two

RJ-45 connectors and another end is terminated with one male DB9 connector.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Install the two RJ-45 connectors of the rack lamp cable into two housekeeping connectors

of two -48 Vdc Power filter cards respectively. The RJ45A connector is inserted in

housekeeping connector of slot 2 power filter card and RJ45B connector is inserted in

housekeeping connector of slot 3.

Note: The RJ45A and RJ45B connector location sequence cannot exchange and if 

multi-shelves are cascaded, this rack lamp cable is only permitted to connect to

housekeeping ports on the main shelf.

Figure 2-24 Cable - Rack lamp connection

Equipment Installation   Procedure to connect Rack lamp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-47

Page 74: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 74/401

Page 75: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 75/401

Legend:

1 Red LED to indicate the presence of an URG alarm or CRITICAL alarm

2 Red LED to indicate the presence of an NURG alarm or MAJOR alarm

3 Yellow LED to indicate the presence of MEM alarm oor MINOR alarm

4 Green LED to indicate the presence of service call or service battery

5 Fuse breaker for rack lamp unit

Note: The BUZZLE LED is not used and kept off for current release.

Figure 2-26 TRU front view

Equipment Installation   Procedure to connect Rack lamp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-49

Page 76: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 76/401

Line Driver Port Attributes

Bi-directional Amplifier

Figure 2-27, “Bi-directional amplifier” (p. 2-50) is an example of bidirectional amplifier:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Set the opposite direction port of the line driver.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Case of ILA: The Contra-dir is set between the Line ports of the same Line Driver.

Uni-directional Amplifier

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   The contra-dir should be set on the ports facing the Line Fiber.

The opposite port of the Line IN of a Line Driver is the Line OUT of the other LD.

Figure 2-28, “Uni-directional amplifier” (p. 2-50) is an example of uni-directional

amplifier: set opposite direction port.

Figure 2-27 Bi-directional amplifier

Figure 2-28 Uni-directional amplifier

Equipment Installation   Line Driver Port Attributes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-50   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 77: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 77/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Case of End Terminal, Multi degree T/ROADM, ILA:

The Contra-dir is set between the two Line ports of the 2 Line Drivers facing the Line

fiber.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Case of Raman Pump RA2P:

The Contra-dir is set between for the RA2P LINEIN port and Opposite LD LINEOUT

 port.

Setting Opposite Direction Port

Figure 2-29, “Set opposite direction port” (p. 2-51) shows how to set opposite direction port on the Web User Interface.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Open: Connections | Physical Topology

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select: {Line Driver}LINE port...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Click: External

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select Direction: <--> ( bi-dir Line Driver), --> (Uni-Dir Line Driver)

Figure 2-29 Set opposite direction port

Equipment Installation   Line Driver Port Attributes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-51

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 78: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 78/401

Page 79: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 79/401

Replacing a card

Slot equipage requirement

Blanks are used to cover unused slots to improve cooling air flow. All slots in the shelf 

must be occupied with circuit packs or blanks, and all packs must be fully inserted intothe shelf to maintain proper air flow. The shelf must not have an empty slot. Empty slots

or partially inserted cards decrease the air flow across installed circuit packs and leads to

decrease in their cooling. Circuit packs could potentially be subject to failure as their 

temperatures increases.

Replacing a card (general)

NOTICE

Service-disruption hazard

 A card reseat is service affecting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if  

any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure  Checking for 

services on a port in User Provisioning Guide. If there are services currently carried over 

the card, it may be best to wait for a maintenance window before reseating the card.

Cooling airflow is critically important for reliable transmission. Every slot in the subrack 

requires a circuit pack (card) or circuit pack blank to ensure proper airflow. Do not 

remove old cards until new cards are fully prepared for installation. New cards should be

installed within 5 mins of old card removal to maintain proper airflow and cooling for the

other cards within the subrack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Ensure that the replacement card is unpacked and prepared for immediate installation

 before starting any other work.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Set the fan to maximum speed.

CLI    config fan maximum 

WEBUI    FAN > Card Properties > Fan Speed > Maximum

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the card.

Equipment Installation   Replacing a card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-53

Page 80: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 80/401

Page 81: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 81/401

Page 82: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 82/401

Result: The above settings are effected and the full display of characters is seen in

Card properties window.

Equipment Installation   Replacing a card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-56   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 83: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 83/401

1DPP24M Installation procedures

Before you begin

Refer to the following points before starting the 1DPP24M card installation.

1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.

2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If not installed, Refer to “Half-slot

adapter installation” (p. 2-23) to install the Half-slot adapter.

3. Check the following figures to understand the E1 cable and it pin assignments.

E1 cable description

The following figures show the E1 cable and its pin number descriptions.

Equipment Installation   1DPP24M Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-57

Page 84: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 84/401

Figure 2-31 E1 cable

Figure 2-32 E1 pin assignment table

Equipment Installation   1DPP24M Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-58   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 85: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 85/401

Page 86: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 86/401

Page 87: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 87/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Plug the E1 cable into the E1/DS1 port of 1DPP24M and secure two screws on cable

connector. Route the cable to the left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too tight. If 

there is only one E1 cable used, place it in the upper hook of cable management. If the

cables are too tight to be bent, loosen the two screws on the cable management, and take

off the white hook and the two screws.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Insert SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the customer. Slide

the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP module until you

hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector used, go to Step 12. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

Equipment Installation   1DPP24M Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-61

Page 88: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 88/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot

or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold fiber 

together in an appropriate way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if 

mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.

Equipment Installation   1DPP24M Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-62   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 89: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 89/401

Page 90: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 90/401

Page 91: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 91/401

Page 92: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 92/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Plug the Timing cable into the CLK1/CLK2 port of 11DPE12A. Route the cable to the

left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too tight....................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Insert the SFP/XFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement SFP/XFP module into the SFP/XFP slot. Push the front

of the SFP/XFP module until you hear a “Click” sound, indicating the SFP/XFP module

is securely locked into the SFP/XFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Inspect and clean the SFP/XFP modules after insertion.

Figure 2-38 PSS4 shelf view

Equipment Installation   11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-66   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 93: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 93/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector is used go to Step 11. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot

or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold fiber 

together in an appropriate way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Ensure that the cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover 

carefully if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack as shown in the following figure.

Equipment Installation   11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-67

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 94: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 94/401

Page 95: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 95/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of 

the card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Insert SFP/XFP modules, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement SFP/XFP module into the SFP/XFP slot. Push the front

of the SFP/XFP module until you hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP/XFP module is

securely locked into the SFP/XFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Inspect and clean the SFP/XFP modules after insertion.

Figure 2-40 Lock the card

Equipment Installation   11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-69

Page 96: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 96/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all the required ports with short

 boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold

fibers together in an appropriate way.

Figure 2-41 Angled boot fiber connector

Figure 2-42 Connect fibers to ports

Equipment Installation   11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-70   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 97: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 97/401

Page 98: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 98/401

Page 99: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 99/401

11QPE24 Installation procedure

Before you begin

Refer to the following points before starting with the 11QPE24 card installation.

1. Remove all the cards installed in slots 7/8/9/10.2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If installed, remove the Half-slot

adapters.

Figure 2-44 11QPE24 card views (1 of 2)

Figure 2-44 11QPE24 card views (2 of 2)

Equipment Installation   11QPE24 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-73

Page 100: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 100/401

Procedure

This procedure describes the steps to install a 11QPE24 card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Hold the 11QPE24 card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of the

card PCB....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Align the card lower PCB with the card guides in slot 7/9. The following Figure shows

the orientation.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Insert the XFP/SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement XFP/SFP module into the XFP/SFP slot. Push the frontof the XFP/SFP module until you hear a “Click” sound, indicating the XFP/SFP module

is securely locked into the XFP/SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Inspect and clean the XFP/SFP modules after insertion.

Figure 2-45 PSS4 shelf view

Equipment Installation   11QPE24 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-74   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 101: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 101/401

Page 102: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 102/401

Page 103: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 103/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of 

the card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP

module until you hear a "Click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely locked

into the SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.

Figure 2-47 Card locked in place

Equipment Installation   112PDM11 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-77

Page 104: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 104/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short

 boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold

the fibers together in an appropriate way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Ensure that the fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the extended shelf cover 

(Part Number: 3KC13331AA) carefully.

Figure 2-48 Angled boot fiber connector

Figure 2-49 Fibers connected to ports

Equipment Installation   112PDM11 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-78   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 105: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 105/401

Notes:

1. The short shelf cover (3KC12890AA) cannot be used when 112PDM11 is seated in

shelf.

2. If the shelf is mounted on ETSI rack, the door cannot be closed.

Figure 2-50 Shelf cover

Equipment Installation   112PDM11 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-79

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 106: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 106/401

4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure

Before you begin

Refer to the following points before starting the 4DPA2/4DPA4 card installation.

1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.

2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If not installed, refer to “Half-slot

adapter installation” to install the Half-slot adapter.

Figure 2-51 4DPA2 card face plate

Equipment Installation   4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-80   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 107: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 107/401

Procedure

This procedure describes the steps to install a 4DPA2/4DPA4 card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue

with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of the

card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle

force to fully seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the

latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Insert SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the customer. Slide

the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP module until you

hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.

Figure 2-52 Lock the card - 4DPA2

Equipment Installation   4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-81

Page 108: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 108/401

Page 109: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 109/401

Page 110: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 110/401

Procedure

This procedure describes the steps to install a 4QPA8 card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue

with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of 

the card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

Figure 2-54 Card locked in place

Equipment Installation   4QPA8 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-84   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 111: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 111/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP

module until you hear a "Click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely locked

into the SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short

 boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to holdthe fibers together in an appropriate way.

Figure 2-55 Angled boot fiber connector

Figure 2-56 Fibers connected to ports

Equipment Installation   4QPA8 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-85

Page 112: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 112/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Ensure fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if mounted

on EIA/ANSI rack.

Figure 2-57 Shelf cover

Equipment Installation   4QPA8 Installation procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-86   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 113: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 113/401

PTPCTL Installation procedures

Before you begin

Refer to the following points before starting the PTPCTL card installation:

1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.

2. Check the following figures to understand the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and E1/DS1

2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and their pin assignments.

The following figures show the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and its pin number 

descriptions.

Figure 2-58 PTPCTL card overview

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-87

Page 114: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 114/401

Table 2-6 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram

X1 Color Definition Remark Cable

1 Tip BITS TX/RX_P BITS TX/RX W1

2 Braid BITS TX/RX_N

3 White/Orange 1PPS_N 1PPS_N W2

4 Orange 1PPS_P 1PPS_P

5 White/Green GND GND

6 Green GND GND

7 White/Blue TOD_N TOD_N8 Blue TOD_P TOD_P

E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable description

The following figures show the E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and its pin number 

descriptions.

Figure 2-59 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-88   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 115: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 115/401

Table 2-7 E1/DS1 2 MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram

X1 Color Definition Remark Cable

1 White/Blue BITS TX/RX_P BITS TX/RX W1

2 Blue BITS TX/RX_N

3 White/Orange 1PPS_N 1PPS_N W2

4 Orange 1PPS_P 1PPS_P

5 White/Green GND GND

6 Green GND GND

7 White/Blue TOD_N TOD_N

8 Blue TOD_P TOD_P

Figure 2-60 E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-89

Page 116: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 116/401

Procedure

This procedure describes the steps to install a PTPCTL card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue

with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of 

the card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Plug the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD or E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cables into the CLK1/CLK2

 port of PTPCTL. Route the cable to the left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too

tight.

Figure 2-61 Card locked in place

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-90   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 117: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 117/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the

customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP

module until you hear a "click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely locked

into the SFP slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber 

connector is used, go to Step 11. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short

 boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to holdthe fibers together in an appropriate way.

Figure 2-62 Angled boot fiber connector

Figure 2-63 Fibers connected to ports

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-91

Page 118: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 118/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if 

mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.

Figure 2-64 Shelf cover

Equipment Installation   PTPCTL Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-92   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 119: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 119/401

PTPIO Installation procedures

Before you begin

Refer to the following points before starting the PTPIO card installation:

1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.

2. Check the following figures to understand the LC adaptors and their assignments.

LC interface description on front plate

The following figure shows the LC interface assignments:

Figure 2-65 LC adaptors

Equipment Installation   PTPIO Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-93

Page 120: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 120/401

Procedure

This procedure describes the steps to install a PTPIO card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue

with the next step.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of 

the card PCB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Align the card PCB with the card guides.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,

grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.

You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle

force to seat the card on the backplane.

Figure 2-66 LC interface assignments

Equipment Installation   PTPIO Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-94   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 121: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 121/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the

latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close

the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber connector is used, go to Step 8. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree

clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.

Figure 2-67 Card locked in place

Figure 2-68 Angled boot fiber connector

Equipment Installation   PTPIO Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-95

Page 122: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 122/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short

 boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold

the fibers together in an appropriate way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Ensure that the cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover 

carefully if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.

Figure 2-69 Fibers connected to ports

Figure 2-70 Shelf cover

Equipment Installation   PTPIO Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-96   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 123: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 123/401

SPD Shelf Installation procedures

Procedure

Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf in an ANSI

equipment rack....................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Determine the mounting location, the PSS-4 SPD shelf should be mounted under the

PSS-4 shelf.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   For 19 inch ANSI rack, attach 19 inch ANSI rack mounting ears 3KC13294AAAA to

each side of the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf, using three M3 screws (1AD009040012) per side.

See the following figure:

Figure 2-71 SPD installation for a 19 inch ANSI rack

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-97

Page 124: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 124/401

For 23 inch ANSI rack, attach 23 inch ANSI rack mounting ears 3KC13295AAAA to

each side of the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf, using three M3 screws (1AD009040012) per side.

See the following figure:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Mount the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf in an ANSI rack, using two 12-24 screws

(1AD139920001) per side.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated

Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBNapplications.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is

not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should

 be 14 AWG (2.0 mm² cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy

YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.

Figure 2-72 SPD installation for a 23 inch ANSI rack

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-98   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 125: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 125/401

Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground

cable to the rear of the chassis.

Bay frame is properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint coatings, exposing

 bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare and coated with anti-oxidant prior to

attaching ground lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Connect one end of the customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using only

thread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Measure resistance between the case of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or IBN.

The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Ensure that the AC filter is properly installed in PSS-4 Slot2/Slot3.

Figure 2-73 Bay frame

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-99

Page 126: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 126/401

Page 127: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 127/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Plug the connector of the AC CABLE ADAPTOR into the power input port of the AC

filter and ensure that the connection is reliable as shown in the following figure:

Figure 2-75 Plugging the connector

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-101

Page 128: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 128/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Use cable tie1AD000100022 to tie the cable to the handle of the SPD unit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   The left SPD unit connects to the left AC filter, and the right SPD unit connects to the

right AC filter.

Figure 2-76 Cable tie

Figure 2-77 SPD unit connects to the AC filter

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-102   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 129: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 129/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Route the cable and secure towards AC power supply. Place the plug of the cable ‘CA-AC

Power Supply’ near the outlet of the AC power supply. Do not plug it into the AC power 

outlet before following steps.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Ensure that the cable routing near AC filter is not too tight.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Ensure that the switch of the AC filter is in ‘OFF’ status. If not, use 0# screw driver to

turn it off as shown in the following figure:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   Verify that the designated AC power source outlet is surge protected. Refer to the “Power 

filters” (p. 2-202) for the AC power source specification. Refer the site engineering

specification for any additional site specific AC requirements. Connect the other end of 

the cable ‘CA-AC Power Supply’ to the outlet of AC power supply.

Figure 2-78 AC filter switch - OFF status

Equipment Installation   SPD Shelf Installation procedures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-103

Page 130: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 130/401

Page 131: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 131/401

Shelf cover installation

Before you begin

Mounting kits are available with the hardware needed to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830

PSS-4 in a standard EIA, ANSI, or ETSI equipment rack. For details and orderinginformation, see 1830 PSS-4 installation kits in Product Information and Planning Guide.

Note: There are two front covers for 1830 PSS-4 shelf, the standard cover is:

3KC12890AAAC, the extended cover is: 3KC13331AAAA. When 112PDM11 pack 

is used in 1830 PSS-4 shelf, the extended cover should be ordered; the procedure of 

installation is the same as that of the standard cover shown below.

Procedure for shelf cover installation

Complete the following steps to install the shelf cover.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Ensure all cables including power chords, fibers, and cables are well connected and

routed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Hook the shelf cover as shown in the following figure so as to include all the cables.

Equipment Installation   Shelf cover installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-105

Page 132: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 132/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Place the two bottom pillars of shelf cover into the bottom hooks of shelf, and ensure that

no fibers from the left of shelf cover are in the way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Place the shelf cover in position and ensure that no cables or fibers are in the way. Secure

the captive screw on the right side.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Secure the captive screw in the left side with one #1 Philips screw driver with 200 mm

shank or longer. Ensure no cables or fibers are in the way.

Procedure for removing shelf cover

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Loosen the captive screw on the right with thumb or #1 Philips screw driver with 200 mm

shank or longer.

Equipment Installation   Shelf cover installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-106   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 133: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 133/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Similarly, loosen the captive screw on the left side. Ensure that no cables or fibers from

the left of shelf cover are in the way.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Take the shelf cover off from the shelf by tilting the top portion towards the front asshown in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Remove the bottom pillars of the shelf cover from the bottom hooks.

Equipment Installation   Shelf cover installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

2-107

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 134: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 134/401

Equipment Installation   Shelf cover installation

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-108   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 135: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 135/401

3   3Fan and air filter

installation

Overview

Purpose

This chapter provides instructions for installation and replacement of the fan and air filter.

Contents

Fan installation and replacement 3-2

Fan air filter replacement 3-4

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

3-1

Page 136: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 136/401

Fan installation and replacement

Fan installation and replacement procedure

CAUTION

Possibility of personal injury.

 Personal injury can result from contact with moving fan blades.

 Avoid contact with rotating fans. Personal injury can be caused by rotating fans.

The following procedure describes how to replace the fan module of the 1830 PSS-4. To

install a fan module in an empty shelf, only perform steps 3 and 4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Completely loosen the fan module retaining screw.

Fan and air filter installation   Fan installation and replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 137: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 137/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Grasp the handle of the fan module and pull it straight out of the 1830 PSS-4 unit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   To install the new or replacement fan module align it with the opening in the 1830 PSS-4

unit, and slide it straight into the unit until it seats with the internal power connector.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Completely tighten the retaining screw, but do not overtighten.

Figure 3-1 1830 PSS-4 fan module

Fan and air filter installation   Fan installation and replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

3-3

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 138: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 138/401

Fan air filter replacement

NOTICE

Equipment damage

 Potential equipment damage

 Before installing or removing the filter, check that the protective adhesive film has been

removed.

Fan air filter replacement procedure

CAUTION

Possibility of personal injury.

 Personal injury can result from contact with moving fan blades.

 Avoid contact with rotating fans. Personal injury can be caused by rotating fans.

CAUTION

Contamination possible

Contamination can be drawn into the unit when the fan filter is removed.

To prevent the possibility of contamination being drawn into the unit when the fan filter is

removed fans must be temporarily shut down before the replacement of the filter. It is

important that the new fan filter is installed and the fans restarted within 120 secs to prevent overheating of circuit components.

Air filters on Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 units should be replaced at 3-month intervals or 

sooner if necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Remove the subrack cover.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Completely loosen the air filter cover retaining screw and remove cover.

Fan and air filter installation   Fan air filter replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 139: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 139/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Grasp the end of the air filter and pull it straight out of the 1830 PSS-4 unit as shown in

the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Align the new air filter with the opening in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 unit, and slide

it straight into the unit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Install the cover and completely tighten the retaining screw, but do not overtighten.

Figure 3-2 Air filter removal

Fan and air filter installation   Fan air filter replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

3-5

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 140: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 140/401

Fan and air filter installation   Fan air filter replacement

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 141: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 141/401

4   4Stand-alone node set-up

Overview

Purpose

This chapter describes how to provision an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service

Switch-4 (PSS-4) network element (NE).

Contents

Required materials 4-2

Preconditioning 4-6

Connect to the NE and initialize database 4-7

Connect to the NE for CLI access 4-12

Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software 4-14

Set the NE to operate in SDH mode 4-23

Set the loopback IP address 4-24

Configure networking information 4-26

Configure GNE for management system access 4-31

Set the network element date and time 4-38

Disable the ES port monitoring 4-44

Firmware Update 4-47

Update firmware on all circuit packs 4-49

Circuit Pack Handling 4-49

Configure additional system properties 4-55

Example configuration of FTP server 4-57

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-1

Page 142: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 142/401

Required materials

Overview

This section provides procedures to download and activate Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

software on a new NE.

Service disruption caution

These procedures should be completed on a new NE only. Existing provisioning on the

 NE including any traffic is lost.

Required materials

The following items are required:

•   Personal computer (PC) running Windows 2000 or XP

  The following software is loaded on the PC. – Internet Explorer version 6 or greater 

 – SUN Java Runtime Environment version 5 or greater 

 – Telnet application

 – FTP server software

•   10/100 BaseT LAN card

•   Shielded RJ45 CIT cable

•   New CIT cable

•   ESD wrist strap

•   Shielded RJ45 straight-through cable

Note: It is important that the RJ45 cable be shielded. Unshielded RJ45 cables do not

 provide adequate protection to the system hardware.

Table 4-1 CIT cable pin assignments

X1 X2 Color

1 3 white/green

2 6 white/orange

3 1 white/blue

6 2 white/brown

Stand-alone node set-up   Required materials

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 143: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 143/401

Legend:

X1 RJ45 to connect to EC CIT port

X2 RJ45 to connect PC LAN port for CIT

X3 DB9 connector to connect PC series port for debugging

Figure 4-1 CIT cable

Figure 4-2 New CIT cable

Stand-alone node set-up   Required materials

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-3

Page 144: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 144/401

Release change notices

Review the Customer Release Notes for information about changes in the most recent

release.

Precautions and recommendations

Ensure that you read and understand the following:

•   Read the entire software installation procedure before beginning.

Figure 4-3 New CIT cable

Stand-alone node set-up   Required materials

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 145: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 145/401

If installing or upgrading to software associated with a new release, read and follow

the instructions in the Customer Release Notes for that release.

•   The person performing the software installation must be trained and have an

understanding of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 system.

•   Perform the software installation procedure in the sequence provided; any deviation

may lead to unpredictable Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 behavior.

•   Use care when handling circuit packs.

•   Use ESD wrist straps and static-safe bags.

Note: Graphics and screen illustrations utilized in this section may not contain current

release designations. They are for reference only.

Stand-alone node set-up   Required materials

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-5

Page 146: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 146/401

Page 147: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 147/401

Page 148: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 148/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Click  Go.

Result: The browser connects to the network element and the WebUI login window is

displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Enter  admin in the User: field and admin in the Password: field. Then click  Login.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   A warning message appears. If there is no warning message, go to Step 11.

Figure 4-5 Login Screen

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE and initialize database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 149: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 149/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   If the warning is similar to Figure 4-6, “WebUI invalid database warning” (p. 4-9), click 

Initialize at the bottom and then continue to Step 10.

If the warning only shows the DBINVALID alarm without “Initialize” option, then

continue to Step 8.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Open a CLI session using the procedure “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Clear the database by typing config database clear command and <Enter>. Type

Yes and <Enter>, when prompted at the warning message.

The sample output is as shown in the following:

WARNING: This is service affecting.

After the database has been erased

the system will automatically restart.

Are you sure you want to erase the database (yes, no)? yes

Figure 4-6 WebUI invalid database warning

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE and initialize database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-9

Page 150: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 150/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   The system will restart on its own after initialization.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   The system prompts you for a new NE name as shown in Figure 4-7, “WebUI NE name

 prompt” (p. 4-10). Type the NE name provided in the site documentation.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Click  Submit and the system restarts.

Result: The restart takes about 2-15 mins. A window appears showing the restart

 progress as shown in Figure 4-8, “WebUI NE restart progress window” (p. 4-10).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   After restart is complete, log back in to the webUI interface and the system properties

view is opened.

Figure 4-7 WebUI NE name prompt

Figure 4-8 WebUI NE restart progress window

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE and initialize database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 151: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 151/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Check if a No committed software load alarm exists. If the alarm is present,

continue to Step 15. If the alarm is not present, go to Step 18.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   In the WebUI, select Administration ->  Software ->  Upgrade....................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Select Commit for the Action Type and click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Click  Refresh and verify the command completed and the Committed Release is

 populated.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   If there are additional shelves in the system, repeat Step 1 through Step 13 for each shelf 

in the system.

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE and initialize database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-11

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 152: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 152/401

Connect to the NE for CLI access

Overview

You can connect directly to the network element to access the CLI. No client software is

needed on your PC, only a telnet application. The remaining procedures in this chapter are completed using CLI.

Procedure

You can connect a computer (typically a laptop) directly to a network element to access

the CLI using the CIT port on the EC. On multi-shelf network elements, the CIT port is

active on the master shelf only. Note this is the same connection used for the webUI

interface.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If not already connected, connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the EC.

Connect the other end of the cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Use a Telnet application on your PC and open a Telnet session connected to the IP address

of the CIT port.

•   The default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Press <Enter> and the login: prompt appears. Type cli  and <Enter>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type cli  at the Password: prompt and Enter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   This starts the CLI interface, and another  Username: prompt appears. Type admin and

Enter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   At the Password: prompt, type admin and <Enter>. This brings up the following

warning notice.

1830 PSS-4, WAVELENGTH TRACKERAlcatel-Lucent

(c) 2008 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.

Welcome to the CLI

Warning Notice

This system is restricted solely to Alcatel-Lucent authorizedusers for legitimate business purposes only. The actual orattempted unauthorized access, use, or modification of this system

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE for CLI access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 153: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 153/401

is strictly prohibited by Alcatel-Lucent. Unauthorized users aresubject to Company disciplinary proceedings and/or criminal andcivil penalties under state, federal, or other applicable domesticand foreign laws. Use of this system may be monitored andrecorded for administrative and security reasons. Anyone accessingthis system expressly consents to such monitoring and is advisedthat if monitoring reveals possible evidence of criminal activity,

Alcatel-Lucent may provide the evidence of such activity to lawenforcement officials. All users must comply with Alcatel-LucentCorporate Instructions regarding the protection of Alcatel-Lucentinformation assets.

Do you acknowledge? (Y/N)?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Type Y  and <Enter>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   The current alarm summary is displayed followed by the NE# prompt. CLI commands

can now be entered. Type ?  for a list of commands.

Stand-alone node set-up   Connect to the NE for CLI access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-13

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 154: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 154/401

Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

Purpose

The NE is shipped with software pre-loaded. However, the software version that is pre-loaded on the cards may not be the same as the software version that is run in the

network. Perform the following tasks to load and commit the correct software load on the

 NE.

The PC connected to the NE must have an FTP server running. The first step is to prepare

the FTP server on the NE. Then follow the CLI procedure for software download and

activation.

Note: Software download is only supported through the OAMP port. Starting from

Release 5.0 software download is supported through the CIT port. (See Configure the

OAMP Ethernet Port  in  User Provisioning Guide for connection details. Connection

of a CIT port on a slave shelf to an external LAN is forbidden.)

Note: In multi-shelf installations, the slave EC and Master NE must be installed and

committed with same software load.

OAMP port configuration

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Login to CLI. See the procedure in “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config interface 1/1/oamp ip <address>/<mask>  and <Enter>.

Where <address> is the IP address and  <mask> represents the subnet mask following

the CIDR format. Obtain this information from the site documentation.

Note: The port must be enabled for this command to take effect. To enable the port,

type config interface ec 1/1/oamp state up and <Enter>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Change the TCP/IP properties on the PC from Obtain an IP address automatically

(DHCP) to a static IP address within the same subnet as the address provisioned in  Step 2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Disconnect the CIT cable from the EC CIT port and the PC. Connect a straight-through

Ethernet cable to the OAMP port and the other end of the cable to the Ethernet port on the

PC.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 155: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 155/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Login to CLI, but this time Telnet to the IP address provisioned for the OAMP port.

FTP server preparation

Note: Refer to “Example configuration of FTP server” (p. 4-57) for more detailed

instructions on configuring an FTP server.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Start the FTP server application on your PC and create a user account. Record the User ID

and password established for the account.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Establish a root directory for the server and ensure that it has read and write privileges.You can create a folder in the root directory that contains the NE software.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Copy the folder and subfolders with the NE software into the FTP root directory

established as in Step 2.

Note: The software folder name has the format 1830PSS4-<ver>, where  <ver> is the

version of software to be loaded. There should also be two subfolders named

“1830PSS4” and “1830PSS4M”. The software typically is provided on a CD.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-15

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 156: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 156/401

PC preparation

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Open Windows Firewall from the Control Panel. See Figure 4-9, “Windows Firewall

settings” (p. 4-16).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select Off . Then click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Open a PC command window and type ipconfig and <Enter>. Note the IP address

assigned by the NE to your PC. This is used later in the procedure. See  Figure 4-4, “PC

command window” (p. 4-7).

Figure 4-9 Windows Firewall settings

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 157: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 157/401

CLI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type config software server ip <ip>  and <Enter>.

Where <ip> is the IP address of the PC with the FTP server. This is the IP address you

obtained when using the ipconfig command....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config software server userid <userid>  and <Enter>.

Where <userid> is the user id of the user account defined on the FTP server.

Sample output is as shown in the following:

Enter password:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type <pw>  and <Enter>.

Where <pw> is the password for user account defined on the FTP server.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type config software server root <path>  and <Enter>.

Where <path> is the path to the NE software relative to the server root directory.

Note: If the software folder was copied directly into the root directory, enter / for the

<path>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Type config software server detail and <Enter>.Sample output is shown in the following:

Software Server Protocol : FTP

Software Server IP : 172.16.0.2

Software Server Userid : sw1

Software Server Root Directory : /

Verify that the settings are correct.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.

Sample output is shown in the following:

Software Upgrade Information:

Software Server IP : 172.16.0.2

Software Server Root Directory : /

Committed Release :

Working Release Directory :

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-17

Page 158: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 158/401

Working Release : 1830PSS4-0.00-2

Active Release : 1830PSS41-0.00-2/

Operation :

Operation Status :

Upgrade Path Available : True

Software Download Script (Timezone: ):

Verify that the current active software is an older release than the software that you are

loading.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Type config software upgrade manual audit <releasedir> nobackup and

<Enter>.

Where <releasedir> is the directory name on the PC containing the software.

This checks the path and verifies that the system is ready for upgrade.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.

Result: A listing of packs is displayed along with the status showing which packs

need to be upgraded. Sample output is shown in the following:

Software Upgrade Information:

Software Server IP : 192.168.0.241

Software Server Root Directory : /SVT/

Committed Release : 1830PSS4-4.8-50

Working Release Directory :

Working Release : 1830PSS4-4.8-50

Active Release : 1830PSS4-4.8-50Operation : Audit

Operation Status : Completed

Upgrade Path Available : True

Software Download Script (Timezone: ):

Stage=0 Step=1 SH/SL: 1/1 CARDTYPE: EC

ACTION: Audit node Completed 100% complete

RESULT: Success

Stage=1 Step=0 SH/SL: 0/0 CARDTYPE: Empty

ACTION: Transfer to disk Planned 0% complete

RESULT: None

Stage=2 Step=0 SH/SL: 1/1 CARDTYPE: EC

ACTION: Activate Planned 0% completeRESULT: None

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Repeat Step 8 until the Operation Status indicates  Completed. Verify the Upgrade Path

Available changes to True.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 159: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 159/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Type config software upgrade manual load  and <Enter>.

Result: This transfers the software to the NE.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.

Watch for the following lines.

...

Operation : Load

Operation Status : In Progress 0%

...

Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows  Completed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Type config software upgrade manual activate and <Enter>.Result: This activates the software on the 1830 PSS-4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   The NE reboots and the Telnet connection drops. Wait for about 30 mins after the fan

speed drops back down to normal speed and login to the NE. (This is applicable for pre

3.6.0 releases).

Wait for 1 min after EC LED stops blinking green and log back in to the NE. (This is

applicable for 3.6.0 and later)

Refer to “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.

Watch for the following lines.

...

Operation : Activate

Operation Status : In Progress 0%

...

Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows  Completed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   The NE may have a DBINVALID alarm. If the alarm is not present, go to Step 18.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Clear the database by typing config database clear and <Enter>. Type yes  and

<Enter> when prompted at the warning message.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-19

Page 160: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 160/401

Page 161: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 161/401

Page 162: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 162/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Connect the ES1 port of the peer shelf to the ES2 port of the previous shelf in the system

using a cross-over cable.

Note: Never configure the system in a closed ring topology (a cable connected

from the last shelf back to the master shelf). This can cause a broadcast storm

leading to system instability.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Wait for 10 mins and type sh shelf * and <Enter>. Verify the new shelf shows in the

inventory.

Note: If new shelf information cannot be retrieved or master shelf starts to reboot,

check the shelfID and cross-over cable of the new shelf .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Type alm  and <Enter>. Verify that there are no unexpected alarms.

Note: There can be link down alarms on unconnected ES1/ES2 ports.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   If there are additional peer shelves to be added go to Step 3.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   The system is now ready for provisioning.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 163: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 163/401

Set the NE to operate in SDH mode

Background

The network element defaults to SONET mode. Perform this procedure only if you want 

the network element to operate in SDH mode.Note: This procedure should only be executed when a system is first turned up.

Procedure

If you want the network element to operate in SONET mode, skip to “Set the loopback IP

address” (p. 4-24).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type show version and <Enter>.

Sample output:

Software Version: 1830PSS4-6.0

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Copy the string after “Software Version:” This is used as the password for the SDH mode

command.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type config admin mode sdh <pw>  and <Enter>.

Where <pw> is the password copied in the previous step.

Result: The following Warning message appears.

WARNING: Changing the SONET/SDH mode will cause the databaseto be cleared, the node to be cold reset and all services tobe deleted. Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type yes and <Enter>.

Result: You are logged out. The procedure is complete.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the NE to operate in SDH mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-23

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 164: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 164/401

Set the loopback IP address

Purpose

Each network element (NE) requires a loopback address for IP connectivity. The default

loopback IP address for a new NE is 172.16.1.1/32....................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using the CLI, continue to “Procedure - CLI” (p. 4-24).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using the WebUI, continue to “Procedure - WebUI” (p. 4-24).

Procedure - CLI...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type config interface loopback ip <address>/32 and <Enter>.

Where <address> is the IP address. Obtain this information from the site documentation.

Result: The following warning message appears.

WARNING: Changing the loopback IP address will result

in a warm reset of this network element.

Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type yes  and <Enter>.

Result: The CLI session is terminated.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Follow the CLI login procedure described in “Connect to the NE for CLI access”

(p. 4-12).

Procedure - WebUI

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, click System on the left pane.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the loopback IP address

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 165: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 165/401

Result: The System Properties screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Enter the loopback IP address in Loopback IP: box.

Note: The default loopback IP address for a new NE is 172.16.1.1/32.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Enter the loopback Subnet mask in Loopback Subnet Mask: box.

Note: The default loopback subnet mask is 255.255.255.255

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select the SNMP source as Loopback IP only from the list.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Click  Submit.

Note: If the Loopback IP, Loopback Subnet Mask and/or SNMP Source is changed,the WebUI displays the following warning message. The user will be allowed to

continue with the modify request or cancel. Upon continuing with the request, the

WebUI will send the modify request to the NE and logout the user.

Result: The WebUI displays the following warning message.

“Warning: You are about to change the Loopback IP, Subnet Mask and/or

SNMP Source. This will cause a warm reboot of the Network Elementand all

users will be logged off. Continue?”

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Select Yes to continue.

Result: The session is terminated and the user is logged out.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the loopback IP address

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-25

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 166: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 166/401

Configure networking information

Loopback IP address

Follow these steps to configure the loopback IP address.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Select System and then Details tab.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Enter the Loopback IP address (customer provided) and Loopback Subnet Mask 

(255.255.255.255).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Click  Submit.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Click  OK  at the Warning. The system will reboot (around 2 minutes.)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Log back in to the WebUI when the system is back up.

GNE OAMP IP address

If the NE will act as a Gateway Network Element (GNE) then the OAMP port must be

 provisioned and activated using the following procedure.

Note: Verify that the GNE is disconnected from the customer OSS LAN to ensure that the

customer does not log in to the NE during turn-up.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the equipment tree expand Shelf 1 | EC | OAMP  and select the Port Details tab.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Enter the OAMP IP address and subnet mask .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Check  Port Enabled.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Click  Submit.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure networking information

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-26   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 167: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 167/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5

If the customer is using... Then ...

Static Routes for GNE OAMP connection Proceed with Step 6.

OSPF Routing for GNE OAMP connection Proceed to “OSPF routing configuration”(p. 4-28).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Create a static route to the Default Gateway.

Select Administration | Networking | IP Routes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click  Create.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Check the Default Route box:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   In the Next Hop address enter the default gateway IP address provided by the customer.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Check the Redistribute box.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click  Apply. The default route is created:

Figure 4-10 Default route box

Figure 4-11 Default route

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure networking information

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-27

Page 168: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 168/401

OSPF routing configuration

Use this procedure to configure the OSPF routing only if the customer is using OSPF, and

not static routes, to manage the data communication network. Refer  “GNE OAMP IP

address” (p. 4-26).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the equipment tree expand Shelf 1 | EC | OAMP port and select the  OSPF Details

tab.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Set the OSPF Routing to Enable. Click  Submit.

Verify from customer DCN information that the DCN is using OSPF area 0.

Note: If the customer is not using OSPF area 0, then the required area must be

created. See Steps 4-7.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Refresh this screen until the OSPF Adjacency State is Full.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If you need to create an OSPF Area other than default Area 0, in the equipment tree view

select Administration | Networking | OSPF Areas.

Figure 4-12 OSPF settings

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure networking information

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 169: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 169/401

Select Create.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Define the OSPF Area.

Define the Area Type attributes.

Stub - A stub area is an area which does not receive route advertisements external to the

autonomous system (AS) and routing from within the area is based entirely on a default

route.

 Nonstub is normal OSPF operation (that is, 1.1.1.254).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Click  Apply, then Close.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   In the equipment tree view select Administration | Networking | OSPF Areas. Verify

that new OSPF Area is created:

Figure 4-13 Create OSPF Area

Figure 4-14 New OSPF area created

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure networking information

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-29

Page 170: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 170/401

Page 171: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 171/401

Configure GNE for management system access

Background

The NE, if configured as a Gateway Network Element (GNE), can connect to an Element

Management System (EMS) through the OAMP port. The IP address must be provisionedand the OAMP port enabled to use this port. In addition, an IP route must be established

to route connections to the RNEs.

Purpose

Use this procedure to provision and enable the OAMP port, so that the NE can act as a

Gateway Network Element. The procedure also provisions the IP route information to

allow connection to RNEs. Not all NEs (that is, RNEs) require this provisioning. Refer to

the site documentation.

Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using WebUI, continue to “WebUI Procedure” (p. 4-31).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using CLI, continue to “CLI procedure” (p. 4-36).

WebUI Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Expand “Shelf 1” in the equipment tree and then expand “Slot 1: EC”.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select OAMP.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-31

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 172: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 172/401

Result: The Port Interface Settings window appears as shown in Figure 4-15,

“WebUI OAMP port provisioning” (p. 4-32).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Enter the IP address and subnet mask as indicated in the site documentation.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Check the Port Enabled check-box.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Click  Submit.

Figure 4-15 WebUI OAMP port provisioning

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 173: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 173/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Select Administration -> Networking -> IP Routes from the top menu as shown in

Figure 4-16, “WebUI IP routes menu” (p. 4-33).

Figure 4-16 WebUI IP routes menu

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-33

Page 174: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 174/401

Result: The IP Routes window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-17, “WebUI IP

routes window” (p. 4-34).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click  Create.

Figure 4-17 WebUI IP routes window

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 175: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 175/401

Result: The Create IP Routes window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-18, “WebUI

Create IP route window” (p. 4-35).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Enter IP address of the destination host or network in Destination IP: field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Enter IP subnet mask of the route in Mask: field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Enter IP address of the next interface in the route, also known as the gateway address in

Next Hop: field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Enter the distance between the hops in the Distance: field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Click  Apply.

Figure 4-18 WebUI Create IP route window

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-35

Page 176: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 176/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Verify that the new IP route is now shown in the IP routes window as shown in Figure

4-19, “WebUI IP routes window with new route” (p. 4-36).

CLI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Configure the OAMP Ethernet port. (Also see, Configure the OAMP Ethernet port  in

User Provisioning Guide.

Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp ip <address>/<mask>  and <Enter>.

Where <address> is the IP address and <mask> represents the subnet mask following the

CIDR format. Obtain this information from the site documentation.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp state up and  Enter, to set the state of the

interface to up.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp routestate enabled  and <Enter>, to

enable routing on the interface.

Figure 4-19 WebUI IP routes window with new route

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 177: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 177/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type config cn routes static add <destination IP address>/<mask> 

and <Enter>, to create static IP route.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure GNE for management system access

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-37

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 178: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 178/401

Set the network element date and time

Purpose

Use this procedure to set the network element (NE) date and time manually, by using the

network element internal clock, or by synchronizing the network element with a network time protocol (NTP) server. The following procedure performs the initial setting

manually.

Manual procedure to set NE date and time

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using the WebUI, continue to “WebUI procedure” (p. 4-38).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using the CLI, continue to “CLI procedure” (p. 4-39).

WebUI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, select Administration >  Date and Time as shown in the following figure.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 179: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 179/401

Result: The Date and Time Administration screen appears as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Enter the current date, time, and time zone settings and click  Apply.

Note: All current WebUI users are logged off.

CLI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type config general date <date>  and <Enter>.

Where <date> is of the format  yyyy mm dd

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config general time <time>  and <Enter>.

Where <time> is of the format  hh mm ss, and hh is between 0 and 23, mm is between 0

and 59, and ss is between 0 and 59.

NTP configuration procedure

Use this procedure to configure each network element to use up to three NTP servers,

indexed by number. The network element automatically selects the highest stratum NTP

server with which it can reliably communicate. If the network element loses

communications with and NTP server, it automatically selects the next best available

server.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-39

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 180: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 180/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using the WebUI, continue to “NTP WebUI procedure” (p. 4-40).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using the CLI, continue to “NTP CLI procedure” (p. 4-42).

NTP WebUI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, select Administration >  NTP  >  Servers.

Result: The NTP Servers screen is displayed as shown in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Click  Create to add an NTP server.

Figure 4-20 NTP Servers screen

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-40   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 181: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 181/401

Result: The Create NTP Server screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Enter the Server IP and click  Apply to submit the changes.

Result: A new NTP server is created.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   To activate the new NTP server, select Administration >  NTP  >  Properties.

Figure 4-21 Create NTP Server screen

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-41

Page 182: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 182/401

Result: The Network Time Protocol Properties  screen is displayed as shown in the

following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Select the NTP Enabled: and click  Apply. Wait for a minute and then the NE can be

synchronized with the NTP server.

NTP CLI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type config general ntp add <index> <IP_address>  and <Enter>.

Where <index> is the index number of the server and  <IP_address> is the IP address of 

the server.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config general ntp status enable.

Reference: Use this command to activate the NTP server.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type show general ntp details.

Figure 4-22 Network Time Protocol Properties screen

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-42   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 183: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 183/401

Reference: Use this command to view the NTP details.

Stand-alone node set-up   Set the network element date and time

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-43

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 184: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 184/401

Disable the ES port monitoring

Procedure

Use this procedure to disable the ES port monitoring on the EC card.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using the WebUI, continue to “WebUI procedure” (p. 4-44).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using the CLI, continue to “CLI procedure” (p. 4-46).

WebUI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Expand Shelf 1 in the equipment tree and then expand each of the EC packs.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select an ES port (ES1 or ES2).

Result: The ES port provisioning window appears as shown in the following figure.

Stand-alone node set-up   Disable the ES port monitoring

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-44   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 185: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 185/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   A Link down alarm is raised against the ES port when it is enabled. (See the following

figure)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Clear the Port Enabled check-box and click  Submit. (See the following figure)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   The link down alarm on ES port is cleared.

Stand-alone node set-up   Disable the ES port monitoring

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-45

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 186: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 186/401

CLI procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type show interface ec 1/1/ES1 or  show interface ec 1/1/es2 and

<Enter>.

Verify the ES1 or ES2 port admin and link integrity state. The port admin default state isUP. The Link Integrity state is down unless a LAN cable is connected to an extension

shelf.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type alm  and <Enter>.

Verify that there is a link down alarm on ES1 or ES2 unless a LAN cable is connected to

an extension shelf.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type config interface ec 1/1/es1 state down

 or 

config interface ec 1/1/es2 state down and <Enter>.

Disable the ES1 or ES2 Port Monitoring.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type alm  and <Enter>.

Verify that the link down alarm is cleared on ES1 or ES2 unless a LAN cable is connected

to an extension shelf.

Stand-alone node set-up   Disable the ES port monitoring

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-46   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 187: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 187/401

Firmware Update

Introduction

Firmware update can be done in two manners:

•   Perform a cold reboot of the NE, which will automatically update the firmware on allcards connected. See “Automatic Firmware Update” (p. 4-47) below.

•   Perform a cold reboot the OT card, which need firmware update.

•   Choose the firmware profile required. See “Manually Select Firmware Profile”

(p. 4-47) and “Automatic Firmware Update” (p. 4-47).

Automatic Firmware Update

Follow these steps to initiate a cold reboot of the NE to update the firmware on all cards.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI select System | Reboot | Cold Reboot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select Submit, then OK .

Note: The NE will reboot. The reboot will take several minutes depending on the

number of cards requiring a firmware upgrade.

Manually Select Firmware Profile

Follow the steps below to check and select the firmware profiles of the cards.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI select Reports | firmware.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Verify the firmware profiles assigned to the cards.

Perform the remaining steps for each card that needs its firmware modified.

Figure 4-23 Firmware

Stand-alone node set-up   Firmware Update

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-47

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 188: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 188/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Select the card in the equipment tree.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select the Firmware tab, then Provision release.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Select the requested firmware profile.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Click  Submit.

Stand-alone node set-up   Firmware Update

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-48   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 189: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 189/401

Update firmware on all circuit packs

Purpose

This procedure ensures that the latest firmware is uploaded to all the installed circuit

 packs. This is done by performing a cold reboot on the NE.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Type config admin resetNE cold  and <Enter>.

Result: The following Warning message appears.

WARNING: You are about to perform a cold system restart.

This is a service affecting command.

Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type yes and <Enter>.

Result: The NE reboots. The reboot takes several minutes, depending on the number 

of circuit packs requiring a firmware upgrade.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type show firmware upgrade.

Result: The firmware upgrade starts.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type show firmware NE

Result: The firmware status (Loaded or none) is shown for each card.

Circuit Pack Handling

Recommended Handling (Older Style)

Figure 4-24, “Circuit pack handling - Example 1” (p. 4-50) and Figure 4-25, “Circuit

 pack handling - Example 2” (p. 4-50) are the older styles of OAs/LDs, without protective

shield covering the printed circuit board.

Figure 4-24, “Circuit pack handling - Example 1” (p. 4-50): Proper handling of the circuit

 pack by the edge of the faceplate and by the edge of the printed circuit board.

Stand-alone node set-up   Update firmware on all circuit packs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-49

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 190: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 190/401

Figure 4-25, “Circuit pack handling - Example 2” (p. 4-50): Proper handling of the circuit

 pack by the edges of the printed circuit board

Recommended Handling (Newer Style)

Figure 4-26, “Circuit pack handling - Example 3” (p. 4-51) and Figure 4-27, “Circuit

 pack handling - Example 4” (p. 4-51) are the new styles of OAs/LDs, with protective

shield covering the printed circuit board.

Figure 4-26, “Circuit pack handling - Example 3” (p. 4-51): Proper handling of the circuit

 pack by the edge of the faceplate and by the edge of the printed circuit board.

Figure 4-24 Circuit pack handling - Example 1

Figure 4-25 Circuit pack handling - Example 2

Stand-alone node set-up   Circuit Pack Handling

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-50   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 191: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 191/401

Figure 4-27, “Circuit pack handling - Example 4” (p. 4-51): Proper handling of the circuit

 pack by the faceplate latches.

Improper Handling

Figure 4-26 Circuit pack handling - Example 3

Figure 4-27 Circuit pack handling - Example 4

Stand-alone node set-up   Circuit Pack Handling

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-51

Page 192: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 192/401

DO NOT: Do not mishandle circuit boards. It is possible to damage internal fibers and

components on Line Driver (LD) and Optical Amplifier (OA) circuit packs if they are

 physically mishandled.

Figure 4-28, “Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 5” (p. 4-52): Improper 

handling of the circuit pack - Left thumb is placed such that undue damage may occur to

the internal fibers that run under the ribbon cable.

Figure 4-29, “Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 6” (p. 4-53): Improper 

handling of the circuit pack - Fingers are placed on the horizontal surface of the board.

This may cause undue damage to fibers or components on the pack.

Figure 4-28 Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 5

Stand-alone node set-up   Circuit Pack Handling

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-52   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 193: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 193/401

OSC SFP Equipage

DO NOT: Do not mishandle circuit boards. It is possible to damage internal fibers and

components on Line Driver (LD) and Optical Amplifier (OA) circuit packs if they are

 physically mishandled.

When equipping the OSC SFP, read and understand the  Optical Amplifier/Line Driver

installation section of the 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide.

Set the LD/OA flat on an electrostatic discharge (ESD) safe work surface before

attempting to remove or equip the OSC SFP.

Figure 4-29 Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 6

Stand-alone node set-up   Circuit Pack Handling

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-53

Page 194: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 194/401

Figure 4-30 Proper LC Connector Handling

Figure 4-31 Broken OSC Fibers

Stand-alone node set-up   Circuit Pack Handling

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-54   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 195: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 195/401

Configure additional system properties

Purpose

Use this procedure to make changes to system properties including temperature units and

AINS timer. The AINS timer value is system-wide and is the default for all ports; thevalue can be overridden on each individual port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If using the CLI, continue to “Procedure - CLI” (p. 4-55).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If using the WebUI, continue to “Procedure - WebUI” (p. 4-55).

Procedure - CLI

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   To change the AINS timer value, type config general ainstimer <hours>  and

<Enter>.

Where <hours> is of the format  <hh> [<mm>]. You can also type

config general ainstimer help for the default value and range.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The temperature unit defaults to Celsius. To change the temperature units to Fahrenheit,

type config admin tempUnits fahrenheit and <Enter>.

Procedure - WebUI

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, click System on the left pane.

Result: The System Properties screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   To modify the AINS timer value, select the AINS timer value in hours and minutes from

the list.

Stand-alone node set-up   Configure additional system properties

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-55

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 196: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 196/401

Page 197: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 197/401

Example configuration of FTP server

Background

There are different FTP server software applications available. This procedure provides

detailed configuration instructions using one of the most common platforms, FileZilla.However, the steps can be used as a reference for configuring other FTP server 

applications. Consult the documentation for your specific FTP server software for 

detailed instructions.

Note:

1. The FTP server for software download and Database Backup are configured

separately. FTP/SFTP can be provisioned for Software download server, and

TFTP/FTP/TFTP can be provisioned for Database Backup server.

2. Note that TFTP is sensitive to the number of the GCC/OSC spans, but SFTP/FTP

is not. Therefore, for DB back-up case, TFTP is not recommended for multi-span

configuration over GCC/OSC. Generally, SFTP/FTP is recommended for multi-span download/backup case.

3. FTP and SFTP has a similar transfer speed for both DB backup and Software

download. Generally, FTP is faster than SFTP, as it has a higher overhead

efficiency.

4. However, Note that FTP has Windows/Linux Compatibility issue for Software

download . If the FTP Server is a Windows Server, the download speed will be

reduced by half . The SFTP Sever is generally working fine in both

Windows/Linux for both Software downloading and DB backup.

PurposeThis procedure provides more detail to the steps listed in “FTP server preparation”

(p. 4-15).

Prerequisites

The FTP server application must be downloaded and installed on the PC. The FileZilla

server software can be downloaded from   (http://filezillaproject.org/download.php?type=

server ).

Procedure

Disable the firewall on the PC

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Open Windows Firewall from the Control Panel.

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-57

Page 198: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 198/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select Off . Then click  OK .

FTP server configuration using FileZilla

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Start the FileZilla server software.

Result: The Connect to Server  screen opens as shown in Figure 4-32, “FileZilla

connect to server window” (p. 4-58).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Leave the default settings and click  OK .

Figure 4-32 FileZilla connect to server window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-58   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 199: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 199/401

Result: The server screen opens as shown in Figure 4-33, “FileZilla server window”

(p. 4-59).

Figure 4-33 FileZilla server window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-59

Page 200: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 200/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Select Edit -> Groups  from the top menu as shown in Figure 4-34, “FileZilla groups

menu” (p. 4-60).

Result: The Groups screen opens as shown in Figure 4-35, “FileZilla groups window”

(p. 4-60).

Figure 4-34 FileZilla groups menu

Figure 4-35 FileZilla groups window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-60   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 201: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 201/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   With the General page highlighted in the left pane, click  Add on the right pane.

Result: The Add user group dialog screen opens as shown in Figure 4-36, “FileZilla

add group window” (p. 4-61).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Enter a group name in the Add user group dialog screen and click  OK .

Figure 4-36 FileZilla add group window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-61

Page 202: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 202/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Select the Shared folders page in the left pane and the  Groups screen changes as shown

in Figure 4-37, “FileZilla groups shared folders window” (p. 4-62) .

Figure 4-37 FileZilla groups shared folders window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-62   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 203: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 203/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Click  Add and a browse screen opens as shown in Figure 4-38, “FileZilla browse folder 

window” (p. 4-63).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Browse to the folder where Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 software is or will be copied to,

and select it. Then click  OK .

Note: Create a folder, if needed, for the software before performing this step.

Result: The folder appears in the directories screen.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   With the newly added folder selected, ensure that the Read and  Write check-boxes are

selected.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Click  Set as home dir.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Click  OK  to close the screen.

Figure 4-38 FileZilla browse folder window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-63

Page 204: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 204/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Select Edit -> Users from the top menu as shown in Figure 4-39, “FileZilla users menu”

(p. 4-64).

Figure 4-39 FileZilla users menu

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-64   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 205: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 205/401

Result: The Users screen opens as shown in Figure 4-40, “FileZilla users window”

(p. 4-65).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   With the General page highlighted, click  Add on the right pane.

Figure 4-40 FileZilla users window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-65

Page 206: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 206/401

Result: The Add user account screen opens as shown in Figure 4-41, “FileZilla add

user window” (p. 4-66).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Type a user account name in the top dialog box.

Note: The account name is the user id used in “Configure the software environment

and load, and commit the software” (p. 4-14).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Select the group created in Step 7 from the list and click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Check the Password check-box and type a password in the dialog box.

Note: This is the password used in “Configure the software environment and load,and commit the software” (p. 4-14).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   Select the group created in Step 7 from the Group Membership list.

Figure 4-41 FileZilla add user window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-66   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 207: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 207/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Select the Shared folders page in the left pane and the  Users screen changes as shown in

Figure 4-42, “FileZilla users shared folders window” (p. 4-67).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   Click  Add.

Figure 4-42 FileZilla users shared folders window

Stand-alone node set-up   Example configuration of FTP server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

4-67

Page 208: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 208/401

Page 209: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 209/401

5   5Circuit connections

Overview

Purpose

The procedures in this chapter should be used when adding new wavelength services to

an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network. In addition to provisioning the new service,several steps must be followed to ensure that the service reaches the correct operational

 power levels.

Contents

Provision new wavelength service 5-2

Perform power adjustments 5-13

Delete wavelength service 5-29

Provision transponder for connection to an unmanaged network element 5-34

5-min timer during service turn-up 5-41

Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link 5-46

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-1

Page 210: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 210/401

Provision new wavelength service

Overview

This procedure provides the steps required to provision a new wavelength service

 between transponders installed at two end-point nodes. The procedure assumes that thetransponders have already been installed and fibered in the nodes, and the Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM server is up and connected to the network.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the transponders that have been installed and fibered to carry the wavelength

service.

Note: When a CFP must be installed, remove the OT circuit pack from the shelf and

then replace or insert the CFP. Ensure the CFP is seated securely and seat the OT

circuit pack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Right-click on one of the nodes at the wavelength end point and select Provision ->

Physical Topology...from the menu. See Figure 5-1, “1354 RM-PhM physical topology

menu” (p. 5-2).

Figure 5-1 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 211: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 211/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   The Physical Topology window will display as shown in Figure 5-2, “Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM physical topology window” (p. 5-3).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Click the Line (L1) port of the transponder card.

•   If a B-end Point connection is displayed at the bottom of the screen and matches how

the transponder is physically fibered, skip to Step 7.

•   If a B-end Point is not displayed, the topological link needs to be provisioned.

Continue to the next step.

Note: Typically the topological link for the transponder will only be present if it was part of the EPT plan.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   With the transponder Line (L1) port still highlighted, select the port where the other end

of the fiber is connected (CWR8, CWR8-88, or filter).

Figure 5-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology window

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-3

Page 212: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 212/401

Note: If the other port is on a different shelf, first select the appropriate shelf on the

equipment tree on the left.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   With both ports highlighted, click  Connect the fiber endpoints  as shown in Figure 5-3,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button” (p. 5-4).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Close the Physical Topology window....................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Repeat Step 2 through Step 7 for the second transponder at the other end point.

Enable transponder ports

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM topological view, double-click one of the nodes

at an endpoint of the service.

Figure 5-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 213: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 213/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   The NE inventory window opens similar to that shown in Figure 5-4, “Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window” (p. 5-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click the client port of the transponder card that carries the service.

Figure 5-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-5

Page 214: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 214/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Right-click on the unassigned client port in the equipment tree and select Assign Port

from the menu. See Figure 5-5, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu”

(p. 5-6).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   An assign port window appears as shown in Figure 5-6, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

assign client port” (p. 5-6).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   From the list, select the service type that to be transported and click  OK .

Figure 5-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu

Figure 5-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 215: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 215/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Right-click on the assigned client port and select Administration ->  Interface Admin

Status up as shown in Figure 5-7, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up

menu” (p. 5-7).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Close the NE inventory window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Has the second transponder card been provisioned yet?

If yes, continue to Step 18.

If no, go back to Step 9.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Close the physical topology window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   In the topological view of the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, identify the two NEs at the

end-points of the wavelength service on the map.

Left-click on the NE and hold the <Ctrl> key to select both NEs.

Figure 5-7 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up menu

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-7

Page 216: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 216/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Select Provision ->  Provision Wavelength Service  from the top menu. See Figure 5-8,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu” (p. 5-8).

Figure 5-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 217: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 217/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   The Provision New Wavelength Service window opens as shown in Figure 5-9,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1” (p. 5-9).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

22   Type a service name (any name).

Select a layer rate supported by the OTs installed in the two-terminal nodes.

The Force XC creation option should be checked if this is a wavelength service used for 

initial commissioning of the system.

Figure 5-9 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-9

Page 218: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 218/401

Provision the remaining parameters as required by the wavelength service including any

 protection options.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

23   Click  Next> to display the port details as shown in Figure 5-10, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354

RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 2” (p. 5-10).

Figure 5-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 2

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 219: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 219/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

24   Select the aid of each transponder for the A-end and Z-end. Then click  Next> to display

the wavelength service details as shown in Figure 5-11, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

 provision wavelength service step 3” (p. 5-11).

Figure 5-11 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 3

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-11

Page 220: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 220/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

25   Verify that the provisioning is correct and click  Finish to display the service attributes

window as shown in Figure 5-12, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength

service step 4” (p. 5-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

26   Select one of the service options and click  OK .

Result: The wavelength service completion window is displayed as shown in Figure

5-13, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5” (p. 5-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

27   If this is a commissioning service, return to the commissioning procedure.

If the service is being added after commissioning, continue to “Perform power 

adjustments” (p. 5-13).

Figure 5-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 4

Figure 5-13 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5

Circuit connections   Provision new wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 221: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 221/401

Perform power adjustments

Overview

If the path through the network the new service takes crosses lines whose optical power 

management type is set to Manual, the system will create expected powers and default power deviations at only two key points per line, the ingress line's ingress LD Sig Out

 port and the egress line's LD Line Out port. The goal of the service turn-up procedure is

to modify the light path's power using a combination of add target power setpoint

adjustment, LD gain adjustment, and manual pad placement to try to reach the expected

 powers set up by the system.

Note: Lines of FOADM nodes and lines following FOADM lines, services in

existence before the new service is added may deviate from their initial target powers.

This is normal and the deviation thresholds around the expected power have been

calculated to take into account this shift in per channel powers.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Wait for 2 mins for the power to ramp up after creating the service before continuing.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Click the Power (A-Z) button on the wavelength service completion window (See Figure

5-13, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5” (p. 5-12))

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-13

Page 222: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 222/401

Result: The power management service window opens as shown in Figure 5-14,

“1354 RM-PhM power management service” (p. 5-14).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   The power management type is displayed on the top of each power bar in the light path

trace.

If all the lines are auto power managed, no further adjustment is required. Jump to Step

38.

Otherwise continue to Step 4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Is the egress line of the origination point of the service auto managed?

If yes, skip to Step 9.

If no, continue to Step 5.

Figure 5-14 1354 RM-PhM power management service

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 223: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 223/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Adjust the transponder output power level by selecting and dragging the zed bar to the

middle of the transponder’s power range (light blue bar) as shown in Figure 5-15,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 5-15).

Figure 5-15 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-15

Page 224: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 224/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   A warning appears similar to Figure 5-16, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar 

adjustment” (p. 5-16). Click  Yes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Wait for 30 secs and watch the effect on the wavelength egress power level on the NE.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Continue to adjust the transponder power level until the wavelength leaves the NE near 

the middle of the zed bar at the egress point.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Is the next ingress line in the path auto power managed?

Figure 5-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 225: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 225/401

If yes, skip to Step 18.

If no, continue to Step 10.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Move the mouse over the power bar for the Sig out port at the ingress of the NE. Actual

and expected power levels will display similar to Figure 5-17, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354RM-PhM power level reading” (p. 5-17).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this

number.

Figure 5-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-17

Page 226: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 226/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Right-click on the power bar of the Sig out port and select All Channel Powers as shown

in Figure 5-18, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection”

(p. 5-18).

Figure 5-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 227: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 227/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   The power levels for each of the channels with be displayed on a chart as shown in Figure

5-19, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-19).

Figure 5-19 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-19

Page 228: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 228/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Locate the Power Gain (dB) attribute on the right side of the window as shown in  Figure

5-20, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain” (p. 5-20). Add the value calculated

in Step 11 to the current value in the field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Type the new power gain value in the field and click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Wait for 30 secs and observe the average channel power levels.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   If the channel power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 10 through Step

16.

If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is

complete. Continue to next step.

Figure 5-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-20   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 229: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 229/401

Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74) if there are problems

achieving the proper power level.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Is the next egress line in the path auto power managed?

If yes, skip to Step 26.

If no, continue to Step 19.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   These next steps require someone to be on-site to provide padding.

Note: Pad changes should not be required if the channel is directed through the NE

using the express ports. Those pads should already be set, and this procedure will only

verify the power levels.

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-21

Page 230: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 230/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Move the mouse over the power bar for the egress point of the NE. Actual and expected

 power levels displayed are similar to Figure 5-21, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”

(p. 5-22).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

22   Provide the calculated value to the person on-site and pad the path between the ingress

and egress lines by the same amount.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

23   Wait for 30 secs and observe the power level at the egress point of the NE.

Figure 5-21 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 231: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 231/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

24   If the egress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 20 through Step 23

.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

25   If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment iscomplete. Continue to Step 26.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

26   Is the next NE in the signal path the Z end containing the transponder?

If yes, continue to Step 27.

If no, go back to Step 9.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

27   Is the ingress line of the Z end NE in the signal path automatically managed?

If yes, skip to Step 36.

If no, continue to Step 28.

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-23

Page 232: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 232/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

28   Move the mouse over the power bar for the Sig out port at the ingress of the NE. Actual

and expected power levels will display similar to Figure 5-22, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354

RM-PhM power level reading” (p. 5-24).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

29   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this

number.

Figure 5-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 233: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 233/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

30   Right-click on the power bar of the Sig out port and select All Channel Powers as shown

in Figure 5-23, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection”

(p. 5-25).

Figure 5-23 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-25

Page 234: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 234/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

31   The power levels for each of the channels is displayed on a chart as shown in Figure 5-24,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-26).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

32   Locate the Power Gain (dB) attribute on the right side of the window as shown inFigure

5-25, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain” (p. 5-27).

Figure 5-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-26   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 235: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 235/401

Add the value calculated in Step 29 to the current value in the field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

33   Type the new power gain value in the field and click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

34   Wait for 30 secs and observe the average channel power levels.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

35   If the channel power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 28 through Step

34.

If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is

complete. Continue to Step 36.

Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74) if there are problems

achieving the proper power level.

Figure 5-25 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-27

Page 236: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 236/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

36   Synchronize the wave key expected powers to the measured powers by clicking the icon

as indicated in Figure 5-26, “1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-28).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

37   If prompted for confirmation, click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

38   Click the “Power (Z-A)” button in the wavelength service completion window. Repeat

Step 3 through Step 37 in the Z to A direction.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

39   If a protection service exists, repeat the power adjustment steps for the protection service.

Figure 5-26 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers

Circuit connections   Perform power adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 237: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 237/401

Delete wavelength service

Overview

This procedure provides the steps required to delete a wavelength service previously

 provisioned using Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. This procedure will also remove thetopological links for the transponders associated with the wavelength service.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the wavelength serve to be deleted and the transponders at the end-points of the

service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   In the Topology View, select one of the NEs at an end point of the service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Select Provision ->  Show Wavelength Services from the top menu.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   The Wavelength service list for that NE is displayed similar to Figure 5-27,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning” (p. 5-29).

Figure 5-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning

Circuit connections   Delete wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-29

Page 238: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 238/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Select and highlight the wavelength service to be deleted and click the Delete button. The

Delete button is shaped like an X as in  Figure 5-28, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

delete button” (p. 5-30).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   A warning message appears as shown in Figure 5-29, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

 power management provisioning” (p. 5-30).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click  Yes. The service is now deleted.

Delete topological links created for the transponders

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   The following steps are only required if the topological links need to be deleted. If this

was a commissioning service, and the links were created for the service, those links

should be deleted.

Figure 5-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM delete button

Figure 5-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning

Circuit connections   Delete wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 239: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 239/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Right-click one of the nodes containing a transponder card at an end point of the deleted

service and select Provision ->  Physical Topology...from the menu. See Figure 5-30,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu” (p. 5-31).

Figure 5-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu

Circuit connections   Delete wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-31

Page 240: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 240/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   The Provision Topology window is displayed as shown in Figure 5-31, “Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM provision topology window” (p. 5-32).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click the Line (L1) port of the transponder card.

Figure 5-31 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision topology window

Circuit connections   Delete wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 241: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 241/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Click the delete topological link button which is located to the right of the Connect

 button. See Figure 5-32, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect

 button” (p. 5-33).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   A warning message appears as shown in Figure 5-33, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

 physical topology disconnect warning” (p. 5-33). Click  Yes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Close the Physical Topology window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Repeat Step 9 through Step 14 for the second transponder.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   If this was part of a commissioning procedure, return to the relevant procedure.

Figure 5-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect button

Figure 5-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect warning

Circuit connections   Delete wavelength service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-33

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 242: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 242/401

Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

Background

The line interface of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 transponders can be fibered directlyto another network element, unmanaged by the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM for 

transport. For this application, the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 transponder provides a

signal (without WaveTracker encoding) to the unmanaged network. The transponder itself 

is installed in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf and is managed by the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 PSS-4 node. This interworking application is sometimes called the “Dangling OT

Feature”.

A dangling OT, or a group of dangling OTs, are Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 optical

transponders which are plugged into an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf and managed by

the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 node. However, the dangling OT line side optical ports

(transmit and receive) are not fiber-connected to a CWR or OMD pack in theAlcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 NE.

Overview

This procedure provides the steps required to provision an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

transponder to transmit to an unmanaged NE. The procedure assumes that the

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network has been installed and commissioned, and the

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM server is up and connected to the network.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Install the transponder in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf that will be connected to

the unmanaged NE, if not installed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Fiber the network ports of the transponder to the unmanaged NE. Refer to the user 

documentation for the unmanaged NE for connection and provisioning information.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM topological view, double-click the

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 node with the transponder installed in Step 1.

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 243: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 243/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   The NE inventory window opens similar to as shown in Figure 5-34, “Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window” (p. 5-35).

Figure 5-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-35

Page 244: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 244/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Right-click on the client port of the transponder connected to the 1696. Select Assign

Port from the menu Figure 5-35, “1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu” (p. 5-36).

Result: An assign port window appears as shown in Figure 5-36, “Alcatel-Lucent1354 RM-PhM assign client port” (p. 5-36).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   From the list, select the service type to be transported and click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Select the Line (L1) port of the same transponder.

Figure 5-35 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu

Figure 5-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 245: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 245/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Click the list next to the ITU (Programmed) attribute as shown in Figure 5-37,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM define ITU channel” (p. 5-37).

Select the ITU channel to be transported across the unmanaged network.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Provision any additional attributes that are required by the unmanaged network element.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Determine the output power expected by the unmanaged network element and type thisvalue into the Programmed Network Output Power field as shown in Figure 5-38,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE programmed network output power” (p. 5-38).

Figure 5-37 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM define ITU channel

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-37

Page 246: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 246/401

Click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Wait several seconds and click  Refresh. Observe the Present network output power.

Continue to click  Refresh until the powers are roughly equal.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Close the NE Inventory window.

Figure 5-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE programmed network output power

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 247: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 247/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, right-click on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4

shelf, with the transponder connected to the 1696 ROADM and select  Provision ->

Physical Topology... from the menu. See Figure 5-39, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM

 physical topology menu” (p. 5-39).

Figure 5-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-39

Page 248: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 248/401

Result: The Provision Topology window is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Right-click on the Line (L1) port of the transponder card connected to the unmanaged NE

and select Create Unmanaged External Connection as shown in Figure 5-40,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection” (p. 5-40).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   A warning appears as shown in Figure 5-41, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged

connection warning” (p. 5-40).

Figure 5-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection

Figure 5-41 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged connection warning

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-40   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 249: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 249/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   The Enter external topology window appears as shown in Figure 5-42, “Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window” (p. 5-41). Enter the IP address of the

unmanaged network element followed by the shelf/slot/port of the fiber connection point

in the format shown in the window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Click  OK  and “External” is displayed next to the L1 port in the topology window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Close the provision topology window.

5-min timer during service turn-up

Overview

A network service created by OS (for example, PhM), is comprised of a number of 

Photonic Cross-connects on each of the nodes between the service end-points. The

following figure shows a service (red line) created from Node A to Node Z through Node

C. In regard to this service, the Node A is the “add node”, Node C is the “thru node” and

 Node Z is the “drop node”.

Figure 5-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window

Circuit connections   Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-41

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 250: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 250/401

When a service is created, the related optical channel can be provisioned to be modulated

 by keys based on proprietary Wavelength Tracker technology, and we call such service is

keyed service. Similarly for service without the channel modulated, we call it un-keyed

service.

The keys are actually the identification for each channel in the optical network. During

 photonic cross-connect creation, the keys are assigned by the system/network 

automatically (that is, auto-keyed) or by user manually (that is, manual-keyed). With theassistance of keys, the network can easily support wavelength routes tracking, power 

management, performance monitoring and fault location and so on. From a power 

management perspective, the Software Controlled Optical Transmission (SCOT)

algorithm can automatically adjust the optical channel power in the network, based on

retrieved optical channel power information for keyed service, this is also called

auto-power management.

During the service creation or deletion, some transmission defects could exist for a while.

However, it is not necessary to raise the transient condition during service turn-up. For 

instance, from optical power management perspective, the channel power ramps towards

the goal, there is no need to raise Optical Channel Optical Power Out of Range (OCH

OPR), since this is an expected behavior at service turn-up. When the wavelength is being

turned up, there is no need to report any OCH layer defects for the service, since we know

the wavelength is in a transitory state. The timer length has been chosen to be consistent

with the worst case time for power levels to completely settle, when all the lines along the

lightpath are auto-power managed.

Figure 5-43 An example of network service

Circuit connections   5-min timer during service turn-up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-42   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 251: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 251/401

Turn-up process for auto-power managed and auto-keyed service

When a service is created by the OS (PhM), then the photonic cross-connections are also

created along the path including add node, drop node and thru node (if present). Upon the

creation of photonic cross-connection, the Optical Channel Payload Defect Indication

(OCH PDI) condition is immediately raised on add node (at the point of Wavelength key

encoder, for example, SVAC or OT line port). Upon the creation of the photoniccross-connection, the Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication (OCH FDI) condition is

immediately raised on the through and drop nodes at the node ingress point (ingress OA

 port). While OCH PDI or OCH FDI is raised, other OCH conditions are masked (for 

example, OCH OPR, OCH LOS, and so on) on the node along the path of the channel.

 Note that OCH PDI and OCH FDI are not reported conditions, meaning that they are not

issued off node to an NMS or alarm monitoring system; they are used only to suppress the

reporting of other conditions by degrading their severity to not reported. For example, at

the drop node the OT line port may see LOS-P during turn-up (normally critical service

affecting), and this is degraded to not reported.

The add node will send information indicating whether or not the channel for the photonic

cross-connection at the add node is leaving the node with appropriate power. Initially

when the add photonic cross-connection is created the node advertises that the channel is

not at appropriate power.

The Software Controlled Optical Transmission (SCOT) algorithm on add node will ramp

the optical channel power towards the target power at the node egress. When the egress

target power is reached within a defined tolerance, the node emits a Link State

Advertisement (LSA, distribute key information) informing downstream nodes that it is

Figure 5-44 An example of turn-up process for an auto-power managed andauto-keyed service

Circuit connections   5-min timer during service turn-up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-43

Page 252: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 252/401

launching power and starts a 5-minute timer to clear its OCH PDI. When downstream

nodes (thru node and drop node) receive the LSA, they also begin 5-minute timers to

clear their own OCH FDI condition. When the timers expire, the PDI/FDI conditions are

lowered, and any other OCH-related conditions will be visible if present, for example the

LOS-P condition at the OT line port at drop node will be reported with original severity of 

“Critical”.

Note:

•   The timer period is 10-minute in the case the node is designed and deployed in a

long haul optical transmission context.

•   The PSS32/16 DWDM application always requires OA at the NE boundary. If the

ingress OA is not provisioned, then there will be no place to report OCH FDI.

However, the user would still be able to see “OCH FDI” information in Photonic

cross-connection secondary state.

•   Above example Figure 5-44, “An example of turn-up process for an auto-power 

managed and auto-keyed service” (p. 5-43) is only for A-to-Z direction. A

 bi-directional service will have similar conditions/processes raised/ongoing in the

other direction.

Turn-up process for auto-power managed and manual-keyed service

For auto-power managed and manual-keyed service, the service turn-up process is similar 

to the auto-power managed and auto-keyed case. The difference is that for the auto-power 

managed and auto-keyed case, the 5-minute timer is started once the thru node and drop

node receives the LSA message carrying key info emitted from add node, while for 

auto-power managed and manual-keyed service the 5-minute timer is started once the

local Photonic cross-connection is provisioned (during this process the keys for ingress

direction and egress direction are manually assigned by user). This is actually thedifference between auto-keyed and manual-keyed cases, irrelevant of auto-power 

managed or manual-power managed.

For manual-power managed and keyed service, irrespective of auto-keyed or 

manual-keyed, the system/network will not automatically adjust the optical power. The

user needs to set the power/attenuation/gain manually along the service path. This

includes the OT line port, MVAC/SVAC, fast eVOA, CWR, OA and so on. The 5-minute

timer is supported for this case. However, since this procedure may take longer than

5-minutes blackout period, it is possible that alarms (LOS-P severity transitions from Not

Reported to Critical) will be seen during manual power adjustment.

One exceptional behavior of manual-keyed case compared with auto-keyed case,

irrespective of auto-power managed or manual-power managed, is that the OCH FDI or 

OCH PDI condition will not be raised. Therefore, it is invisible to user, although the

minute timer to suppress OT alarm (for example, LOS-P reported as Not Reported) is still

supported.

Circuit connections   5-min timer during service turn-up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-44   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 253: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 253/401

For manual-power managed and unkeyed service, there is no OCH FDI or OCH PDI

suppression mechanism or 5-minutes timer, therefore the OT alarm will be normally

reported (for example, LOS-P reported with severity as Critical).

Above behaviors are normal for Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) being ready.

Although Generic Communication Channel (GCC) is also able to distribute the LSA

message carrying key info, the SCOT auto-power management is only supported when

OSC channel is ready.

In case of both OSC and GCC not ready, there is no channel to communicate LSA in the

network. For this case, the photonic cross-connects must be created as manually keyed.

When a manually keyed connection is created (whether auto-power managed or 

manual-power managed), the OCH FDI and OCH PDI countdown timers begin

immediately after photonic cross-connect creation. As described above, OCH layer 

conditions will be degraded to not reported until the timer expires, after which they will

 be reported with their normal severity.

If though wrong provisioning, some of the photonic cross-connects were created as autokeyed when there is no OSC or GCC ready to communicate LSAs in the network, then

the nodes would raise OCH FDI or OCH PDI as normal. The add node could clear its

OCH PDI since the information of power achieved is local, and it can begin its

countdown timer. However, through or drop node cross-connects would not receive the

LSA for power achieved from the add node; therefore the cross-connects would remain in

OCH FDI and would cause the other OCH layer defects to be not reported. This case of 

wrong provisioning.

Circuit connections   5-min timer during service turn-up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-45

Page 254: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 254/401

Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

Before you begin

The following procedure is an example for configuring the keyed services on the 1830

PSS-4 Regen link. 11DPE12 circuit pack is used to carry the service passing the bus link from end to end.

•   Go direction: CVLAN ID=101, SVLAN ID=201, DWDM frequency = 9130

•   Return direction: CVLAN ID=102, SVLAN ID=202, DWDM frequency = 9130

Procedure for terminal configuration

This section describes the procedure for terminal configuration.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, select the 11DPE12 card from the equipment tree

Result: The Card Properties screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   For both the terminals, provision the GbE on C1, OTU2 on L1 and OCH on VA1 ports.

Refer to the port provisioning procedure section in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service

Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 User Provisioning Guide  for the

detailed procedure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Create VTS for C1 and L1 for both the terminals.

Reference: Refer  “Provision VTS” (p. 5-51) for the detailed procedure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Create EVPL connection for both the terminals.

Figure 5-45 1830 PSS-4 Regen bus link

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-46   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 255: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 255/401

Reference: Refer  Create EVPL fullrate in  User Provisioning Guide for the detailed

 procedure for EVPL in fullrate mode and Create EVPL Subrate and Q-in-Q in  User 

 Provisioning Guide for Subrate and Q-in-Q modes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Complete the physical connection as shown in the following Figure, whereL1->VA1-->9310, OMD<-->Sig line<--> external, Loopback - DCM.

Reference: Refer to Provision Physical topology in  User Provisioning Guide for the

detailed procedure.

Procedure for ILA configuration

This section describes the procedure for ILA configuration.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-47

E   N D O F S T E P S

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 256: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 256/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, select the OA card AHPHG from the equipment tree.

Result: The Card Properties screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Provision the AHPHG card ports. Refer to the Port Provisioning procedures section in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release

6.0 User Provisioning Guide for the detailed procedure.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-48   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 257: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 257/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Complete the physical connection as shown in the following figure, where 1/7/Sig

<-->1/8/Sig, 1/7/Line<--> external, Loopback DCM. Refer to  Provision Physical 

topology in  User Provisioning Guide for the detailed procedure.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-49

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 258: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 258/401

Procedure for Cross-connection

This section describes the procedure for Cross-connection.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Create OCH Cross-connections on both the terminals. Refer to Provision

Cross-connections in  User Provisioning Guide for detailed procedure....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The cross-connection in an ILA configuration is as shown in the following figure.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-50   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 259: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 259/401

Provision VTS

This section describes the procedure to create Virtual time-slot map on L1 or client port

(C1-C21).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   In the WebUI, from the equipment tree, select the 11DPE12 card and the L1 port.

Note: For creating VTS on client port, select the Client port (C1-C21).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Click on the VTS port.

Result: The Create Virtual Time Slot Map screen is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Select the timeslot from the VTS: list

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select the direction from the Direction: list.

The options available are Egress, Ingress and Ingress and Egress.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Select the relevant classification mode.

The options available are CE-VLAN Tagged, SE-VLAN Tagged and Untagged.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Enter a CE-VLAN ID.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click  Submit to update the changes.

Procedure for Add-drop Service

This section describes the procedure to add/drop service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Add CVLAN ID=101/102 from tester on go/return direction.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Adjust the optical power at every end.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Complete the fiber connection.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

5-51

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 260: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 260/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Drop the CVLAN ID=101/102 to the tester.

Circuit connections   Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-52   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 261: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 261/401

6   6System Turn-up and

commissioning

Overview

Purpose

This chapter provides the detailed procedures required to commission the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 PSS-4 network using the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager (1354RM-PhM) along with the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool.

Contents

 Network commissioning background 6-2

Preconditioning procedure 6-5

Establish connection to the network 6-7

Provision the system 6-14

Commission a FOADM system 6-23Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines 6-42

Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services 6-53

Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier 6-58

Disconnect PC from the Network 6-59

Understanding the loss report 6-60

Generate and review system loss report 6-67

Troubleshooting failed adjustments 6-74

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-1

Page 262: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 262/401

Network commissioning background

Network planning overview

The first stage before deploying the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is network planning using

the Engineering Planning Tool (EPT). Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic ServiceSwitch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Engineering and Planning Tool 

User Guide for the procedures used to plan the network. During the planning stage the

equipment required to meet the demands of the network is defined. The network can be

 planned to support demands in the future that are not required in the first phase of 

deployment. A network is comprised of one or more systems planned in the EPT.

Generally the nodes and fiber spans between nodes will comprise a linear or ring

topology for each system. In a static OADM system, an obvious ring or linear topology

may not be apparent; in this case the topology is referred to as a mesh topology.

When the network is planned and validated the EPT will produce separate commissioning

files for each of the systems that comprise the network (see the following). These files areused by the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool when commissioning the

systems. For more details on the commissioning file format and contents, refer to the

 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release

6.0 Engineering and Planning Tool User Guide.

Decomposing networks into constituent systems

The EPT segments networks into systems. The CPB tool is designed to operate on one

system at a time. Terminal points in the network and colorless add/drop ports of CWR8 or 

CWR8-88 cards demarcate one system from another. Figure 6-1, “Decomposition of 

mesh network into constituent systems” (p. 6-3) illustrates a mesh network. System (1) isa TOADM ring system, system (2) is a TOADM linear system, system (3) is a TOADM

linear system and systems (4), (5) and (6) are linear FOADM systems. Notice that

systems (4), (5) and (6) are separate FOADM systems due to the fact there is no express

 path between them, and they are joined at a multi-degree FOADM NE using loop

connections (channel routing). Also notice that some lines can be auto power managed

and other lines must be manually power managed. All lines connected intranode to create

a FOADM node with line count higher than two must be manually power managed. The

topology and the power management settings of the lines that make up the topology of a

system determine the level of support provided by the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM and

CPB for maintaining optical power levels, upgrading equipment and commissioning eachsystem. The EPT will produce a commissioning file in .xml format that can be used by

the CPB tool to commission the systems. The content of the file will depend on the type

of equipment found on each line of a system.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Network commissioning background

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 263: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 263/401

Use of the CPB tool

The CPB tool can be used in conjunction with Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM or can also

 be installed and used as a stand-alone tool. The Provisioning, Commissioning, and Power 

Balancing menus and respective functionality of the CPB tool integrated in

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM and the stand-alone CPB are the same. However, the

stand-alone CPB tool requires the user to have access to another Network Management

System (for example, OMS, INC, and so on) or utilize the NE built in user interfaces

Figure 6-1 Decomposition of mesh network into constituent systems

System Turn-up and commissioning   Network commissioning background

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-3

Page 264: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 264/401

(CLI or WebUI) to make the relevant adjustments required in support of Provisioning,

Commissioning, and Power Balancing the Network Element that would have otherwise

 been performed by utilizing the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM.

Keyed versus unkeyed OCh

There are two distinct types of optical cross-connections, or OCh, that are supported by

the system.

These are:

•   Keyed OCh: The optical channel is Wavelength Tracker (WT) encoded with Wave

Keys, and can be decoded at WT decode points throughout the network. WT decoders

can raise WT-related alarms for keyed OCh, and will show per channel power levels.

Keyed OCh can be supported on TOADM or FOADM network elements. Keyed OCh

can be transported on lines whose power management settings are Auto or Manual.

•   Unkeyed OCh: The optical channel is not Wavelength Tracker encoded with Wave

Keys. At WT decoder locations no per channel power levels are reported for unkeyedOCh, and WT-related alarms are not raised. Unkeyed OCh are only supported on

FOADM network elements. Unkeyed OCh can only be transported on lines whose

 power management settings are Manual.

Keyed and unkeyed OCh are not permitted to be mixed on the same network element.

 Network designs must be keyed or unkeyed.

Note: Due to the restriction that unkeyed OCh cannot be transported on Auto SCOT

lines, all NE optical lines in the network must be set to SCOT type Manual.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Network commissioning background

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 265: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 265/401

Preconditioning procedure

Purpose

Use this procedure to ensure that the network and PC is ready for Greenfield

commissioning. This procedure should be completed on all constituent systems asdescribed in “Decomposing networks into constituent systems” (p. 6-2) and all network 

elements that will be commissioned.

Background

The procedures in the following sections relate to commissioning of a Greenfield system.

A Greenfield system is one that has never been commissioned previously and does not

carry services. These procedures can also be used if all services are removed from a

system to recommission a system. Refer to the  Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM 

 Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for information on maintaining

existing systems.The procedures in this chapter assume that the customer data communications network 

has not been established yet. Therefore, the procedures have been written assuming that

the integration will be completed using a PC directly connected to one of the network 

elements in the system to be commissioned.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Ensure that all the procedures in Ensure that all the procedures in Equipment installation

have been completed on all network elements in the network to be commissioned.have been completed on all network elements in the network to be commissioned.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Ensure that all the outside plant fibers have been properly connected to the correct line

driver cards on each network element and any necessary Fiber Optic Characterization is

completed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   The paths of the commissioning services must be predetermined as described in

“Commission a FOADM system” (p. 6-23) for each FOADM system. Ensure that there

are OT cards installed and fibered in the locations determined by those commissioningservices.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If there are spans with external Raman amplification, a commissioning service must be

established to pass through the Raman amplifiers. If the commissioning services

determined in the previous steps do not pass through all Raman amplifiers, install and

System Turn-up and commissioning   Preconditioning procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-5

Page 266: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 266/401

fiber additional OTs to provide commissioning services to pass through the missed

Raman amplifiers. The channel should be as close to the middle of the channel plan as

 possible (near 194.00 THz).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   For each FOADM system to be commissioned, field personnel must be physically presentwith attenuation pads at add/drop nodes. If the system is supporting unkeyed OCh, the

field personnel should also have a power meter and a wavelength meter or OSA.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Obtain the loopback IP addresses of all the NE’s in the network.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Obtain all the xml commissioning files produced by EPT for each system to be

commissioned and copy them onto the PC that will be used for commissioning.

Important! Ensure that the latest commissioning files are used with the most accurate

fiber data.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Ensure that both the client and server Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM software (or relevant

software if another management system is to be used with stand-alone CPB) as well as

the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool has been installed on the PC. Refer 

to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference

Guide for detailed procedures on installing and configuring the software.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Continue to “Establish connection to the network” (p. 6-7) to start PhM and discover all

the nodes.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Preconditioning procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 267: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 267/401

Establish connection to the network

Purpose

This procedure will establish connection to the network and discover all the network 

elements. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for additional information on configuring the server and client as

well as discovering network elements.

Note: If another management system will be used, refer to the documentation for that

system for discovering the NEs. The procedures in this chapter reference

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, but the procedures can be performed with another 

management system along with stand-alone CPB.

Prepare the PC and NE for autodiscovery of all the NEs

As noted earlier, these procedures are performed with a PC connected to one of the

network elements in the network.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the active EC card on the NE that

will act as the local connection point and the other end to the Ethernet port on your PC.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Open a PC command shell and type ipconfig and <Enter>. The NE CIT address is the

“Default Gateway”. Record this CIT address because it will be changed, and this address

will be needed later.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Telnet to the CIT address and login to CLI. Refer to “Connect to the NE for CLI access”

(p. 4-12) for more information.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type show interface ec 1/1/cit and <Enter>.

Sample output is as shown in the following:

IP Address : 172.16.0.1/24MAC

Address : 00:60:1D:7C:56:D0

Admin State : Up L1/L2 Oper State :Up

Redistribute : Disabled Proxy Arp :Disabled

DHCP : Enabled DHCP_range :1

Conf. Speed : Auto Conf. Duplex Mode :Auto

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-7

Page 268: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 268/401

Actual Speed : 100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : FullDuplex

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Type: config interface ec 1/1/cit ip 172.16.2.1/24 and <Enter>. The

 purpose of this step is to change the CIT IP address to a unique subnet within the entire

DCN.

Sample output is as shown in the following:

WARNING: Changing the local ethernet port IP address may result

in a loss of IP connectivity to this network element

from the local ethernet port only. DCN connectivity will

not be affected.

Enter  Yes to confirm and no  to cancel.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Type: Yes  and <Enter>.Result: Communication to the NE will be lost. Close the telnet session.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Return to the Windows command window and type ipconfig /release and <Enter>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Type: ipconfig /renew and <Enter>

Result: This forces the PC to obtain a new IP address from the NE through DHCP.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Telnet to the new CIT address and once again log in to the NE through the CLI.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   From the CLI, type: config int ec 1/1/cit red enable and <Enter>.

Result: This turns on route distribution for the CIT port.

Start PhM and discover NEs

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Start the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM application on your PC.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 269: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 269/401

Result: The 1354 RM-PhM EMS Login window appears as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Click  Change Server/Port

.Result: The Enter new server/port window appears as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Enter the IP address of your PC in the Server: field and do not change the Port: field.

Then click  OK .

Result: This takes you back to the login screen.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Enter your User name and Password. Then click  OK .

Note: If this is your first time logging in, the User name is admin and Password is

tropxnms. You will then be required to change the password.

Figure 6-2 1354 RM-PhM login screen

Figure 6-3 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-9

Page 270: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 270/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If this is the first login, you are required to change the password. Enter the new password

twice and click  OK . Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager 

 Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for information on the password requirements.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   The Management Control Panel: Topology View window appears as shown in Figure

6-5, “1354 RM-PhM topology view screen” (p. 6-10).

Figure 6-4 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window

Figure 6-5 1354 RM-PhM topology view screen

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 271: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 271/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   From the top menu, select Maintenance >  Auto Discovery.

Result: The Auto-Discovery Settings window opens as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Select Auto Discovery by IP and click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Select File ->  New NE.

Figure 6-6 1354 RM-PhM auto discovery settings

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-11

Page 272: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 272/401

Result: The Create Network Element window appear as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Enter the CIT IP address of the NE directly connected to the PC in the NE IP address

field. Then click  Create.

Note: This is the address provisioned in “Prepare the PC and NE for autodiscovery of 

all the NEs” (p. 6-7).

Figure 6-7 1354 RM-PhM create network element

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 273: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 273/401

Result: The messages at the bottom of the window will indicate if the NE was

successfully created.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   The NE appears in the group view as a white box until it is discovered. When it is

discovered, the NE name will be displayed, and the color changes to represent the highestlevel alarm on the NE. See the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Additional network elements starts appearing in the map view.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   After the auto discovery is complete, check the NEs that were discovered against the list

of NEs in the network.

If there are any NEs missing, repeat Step 9 through Step 11 for any network elements that

were not auto discovered. However, this time the NE loopback address should be used

rather than the CIT IP address.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Continue to “Provision the system” (p. 6-14) to begin provisioning all of the network 

elements.

Figure 6-8 1354 RM-PhM newly discovered NE’s

System Turn-up and commissioning   Establish connection to the network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-13

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 274: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 274/401

Provision the system

Purpose

This procedure will provision the cards and topological links for all the NEs in each

system of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network using the EPT commissioning file(s) asinput to the CPB tool provisioning wizard. The CPB tool is accessed from Alcatel-Lucent

1354 RM-PhM.

Important! This procedure is to be repeated for each EPT commissioning file

generated for the network.

Procedure

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Verify all the network elements in the system have been correctly discovered by the

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. Refer to “Establish connection to the network”

(p. 6-7) and the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS 

 Reference Guide.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   From the top menu select Provision ->  Launch CPB...

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 275: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 275/401

Result: An Internet Explorer window opens with the CPB tool login screen as shown

in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM user name and password and click  Login.

Figure 6-9 CPB login window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-15

Page 276: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 276/401

Result: The CPB main window opens as shown in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select Commissioning ->  Provision System (using plan)... from the top menu.

Figure 6-10 CPB main window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 277: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 277/401

Result: The Provision System Wizard: Overview window is displayed as shown in

the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Click  Next>.

Figure 6-11 CPB provision system wizard overview

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-17

Page 278: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 278/401

Result: The Provisioning options and wizard options  window is displayed as shown

in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Select all the check boxes and click  Next>.

Figure 6-12 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard options

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 279: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 279/401

Result: The Select Planning Tool Output File  window is displayed as shown in the

following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click  Browse and browse to the folder containing the EPT commissioning file for the

system to be commissioned, select the file, and click  Open. Then click  Next>.

Figure 6-13 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard select planning tool output file

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-19

Page 280: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 280/401

Result: The provision system node list window is displayed as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   All the nodes can be selected for provisioning by clicking >>. A node may be excludedfrom provisioning by selecting it in the right half of the window and clicking the  <. Click 

Next>.

Figure 6-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision system node list

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-20   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 281: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 281/401

Result: The Provisioning Stages window is displayed as shown in the following

figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Review the error report and troubleshoot any problems encountered. Refer to the site

documentation and check for discrepancies between what is expected and what is

installed....................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   When all steps show Completed, click  Finish.

Figure 6-15 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard stages

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-21

Page 282: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 282/401

Result: This takes you back to the CPB tool main window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Are there additional systems (that is, commissioning files) that have not been

 provisioned?

If yes, go to Step 1. If no, continue to next step.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   The systems are now ready for commissioning.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Provision the system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 283: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 283/401

Commission a FOADM system

Background

A FOADM system may be a ring, linear, or mesh system. The lines on FOADM nodes

with degree 2 or greater are manually power managed. Because of this, OTs must beinstalled and wavelength services provisioned to complete commissioning on a FOADM

system.

The following requirements must be met regarding the wavelength/commissioning

services:

1. A commissioning service must cross an express path that will be used in the system at

least once during commissioning to allow the calculation and placement of 

attenuating pads (if necessary) in FOADM nodes.

2. A commissioning service must cross every ingress LD in the system at least once

during commissioning to allow the user to adjust the gain of the LD.

3. A commissioning service must cross every line in the system that is Automaticallyoptical power managed at least once during commissioning to allow the user to trigger 

the ingress and egress adjustment functions.

The optimal commissioning routes to provision may have been predetermined during

network planning. If there are no predetermined routes, the user should determine which

 paths have not been commissioned and create services over one those paths following the

guidelines above. (Generally it is advantageous to determine the longest routes possible to

minimize the number of transponder deployments or redeployments necessary during the

commissioning phase). When choosing a channel to use for the commissioning service it

is always best to choose one near the middle of the C-band. For example, if bands A and F

of the SFD5 channel plan are dropped along the path, bands B through E are free; choose

the channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 194.1 THz because these channels are nearest the

center of the frequency band.

Figure 6-16, “Commissioning service for a FOADM system” (p. 6-24) shows a FOADM

linear network with a commissioning service that adds and drops at each of the terminal

 NEs of the linear system. This service must not use a channel from bands A, B, C, or G of 

the five-channel filter channel plan. In this case a channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 

194.1 THz could be used. This commissioning service satisfies the three goals listed

above. Note that cases will exist where a single service cannot be used due to the planned

channel add/drop at each network element. In that case two services will be required that

overlap at least one of the FOADM node express paths.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-23

Page 284: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 284/401

Procedure

The following is the procedure to Commission a FOADM system:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Commissioning a FOADM system requires the availability of field personnel physically

 present at optical add/drop nodes to provide attenuating pad changes if required. Ensure

that field personnel are present as stated in the “Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Ensure that the provision system with plan wizard has been run and that the nodes that

make up the system to be commissioned have been provisioned, as stated in “Provision

the system” (p. 6-14).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Ensure that the transponder cards are installed as described in the “Preconditioning

 procedure” (p. 6-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Identify the wavelength service to be created.

Figure 6-16 Commissioning service for a FOADM system

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 285: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 285/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Identify the two transponders at the end points of the service to be created. Determine the

service type that will be provisioned between the transponders.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Follow the procedure, “Provision new wavelength service” (p. 5-2), to provision thecommissioning service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Wait for 2 mins after the service creation for the power to ramp up before continuing.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   If the wavelength service provisioning completion window is still open as shown in

Figure 6-17, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioning

completion” (p. 6-25), skip to Step 11 . Otherwise continue to the next step.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Select one of the nodes at an end point of the commissioning service and select View ->

Show Wavelength Services from the menu on top.

Figure 6-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioningcompletion

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-25

Page 286: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 286/401

Result: The Wavelength Services window will open similar to the one shown in

Figure 6-18, “1354 RM-PhM wavelength services” (p. 6-26).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Select and highlight the commissioning service in the list. The Power (A-Z) buttonappears at the top of the window as shown in the following figure. Use this button for the

next step.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click  Power (A-Z).

Figure 6-18 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services

Figure 6-19 1354 RM-PhM power A-Z button

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-26   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 287: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 287/401

Result: The Power Management: service window opens as shown in Figure 6-20,

“1354 RM-PhM power adjust” (p. 6-27).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   The Power Management window displays the power levels along the A to Z path of the

 provisioned service. Power adjustments must be made at all the egress and ingress lines.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Check the Auto Refresh check box so that the effect of the power adjustments can be

viewed immediately.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Is the first NE in the signal path (A-end) automatically managed?

If yes, continue to Step 15

If no, skip to Step 18.

Figure 6-20 1354 RM-PhM power adjust

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-27

Page 288: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 288/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Under  Power Control (Egress), select aid of the egress point of the A-end of the signal

 path from the list and click the  Execute.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power managementcommissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click  OK .

Verify the Result field shows Success. The egress power levels at the A-end must be

green and within the zed bar.

Note: It is possible that on a new system the adjustment could fail the first time. If this

happens, attempt the adjustment again after waiting 30 secs. If the adjustment fails

again follow the troubleshooting steps provided in “Troubleshooting failed

adjustments” (p. 6-74). This is also true for the remaining power adjustments.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete. Go to Step 23 .

Figure 6-21 1354 RM-PhM set commissioning flag message

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 289: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 289/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Adjust the transponder output power level by selecting and dragging the zed bar to the

middle of the transponder’s power range (light blue bar) as shown in Figure 6-22, “1354

RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 6-29)

Figure 6-22 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-29

Page 290: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 290/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   A warning appears similar to Figure 6-23, “1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 6-30).

Click  Yes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Wait for 30 secs and watch the effect on the wavelength egress power level on the NE.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   Continue to adjust the transponder power level until the wavelength leaves the NE near 

the middle of the zed bar at the egress point.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

22   Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete.

Figure 6-23 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 291: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 291/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

23   Is the ingress line of the next NE in the signal path automatically managed?

If yes, continue to Step 24

If no, skip to Step 27

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

24   Under  Power Control (Ingress), select aid of the ingress point of the NE from the list and

click  Execute.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

25   After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management

commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click  OK . Verify the

Result field shows Success. The ingress power levels at the NE should be green and

within the zed bar.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

26   Power adjustment on the ingress line of the NE is complete. Go to Step 35.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-31

Page 292: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 292/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

27   Move the mouse over the power bar for the ingress point power levels will display similar 

to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading” (p. 6-32).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

28   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this

number.

Figure 6-24 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 293: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 293/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

29   Right-click on the power bar at the ingress point and select Edit Amp from the power 

adjust menu as shown in Figure 6-25, “1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu” (p. 6-33).

Figure 6-25 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-33

Page 294: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 294/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

30   The Facility/Connection window appears as shown in Figure 6-26, “1354 RM-PhM

facility/connection window” (p. 6-34).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

31   Select Power Gain (dB)  and add the value calculated in Step 28 to the current value in the

field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

32   Type the new power gain value in the field and click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

33   Wait for 30 secs and go back to the Power Management window. Observe the power 

level at the ingress point of the NE.

Figure 6-26 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 295: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 295/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

34   If the ingress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 27 through Step

32.

If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is

complete. Continue to Step 35.

Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74), if there are problems

achieving the proper power level.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

35   Move to the egress line of the same NE; is that automatically managed?

If yes, continue to Step 36

If no, skip to Step 39

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

36   Under  Power Control (Egress), select aid of the egress point of the NE from the list andclick  Execute.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

37   After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management

commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click  OK . Verify

that the Result field shows Success. The egress power level must be Green and within the

zed bar.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

38   Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete. Go to Step 45.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

39   These next steps require someone to be on-site to provide padding.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-35

Page 296: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 296/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

40   Move the mouse over the power bar for the egress point of the NE. Actual and expected

 power levels will display similar to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”

(p. 6-32).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

41   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

42   Provide the calculated value to the person on-site and pad the path between the ingress

and egress lines by the same amount.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

43   Wait for 30 secs and observe the power level at the egress point of the NE.

Figure 6-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-36   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 297: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 297/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

44   If the egress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 40 through Step 43

.

If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is

complete. Continue to Step 45.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

45   Is the next NE in the signal path the Z end containing the transponder?

If yes, continue to Step 46.

If no, go back to Step 23.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

46   Is the ingress line of the Z end NE in the signal path automatically managed?

If yes, continue to Step 47.

If no, skip to Step 50.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

47   Under  Power Control (Ingress), select aid of the ingress point of the Z end NE from the

list and click  Execute.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

48   After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management

commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click  OK . Verify

that the Result field shows Success. The ingress power levels at the NE should be green

and within the zed bar....................................................................................................................................................................................................

49   Power adjustment on the ingress line of the NE is complete. Go to Step 58.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-37

Page 298: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 298/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

50   Move the mouse over the power bar for the ingress point of the NE. Actual and expected

 power levels will display similar to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”

(p. 6-32).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

51   Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this

number.

Figure 6-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-38   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 299: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 299/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

52   Right-click on the power bar at the ingress point and select Edit Amp from the power 

adjust menu as shown in Figure 6-25, “1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu” (p. 6-33).

Figure 6-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-39

Page 300: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 300/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

53   The Facility/Connection window appears as shown in Figure 6-26, “1354 RM-PhM

facility/connection window” (p. 6-34).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

54   Select the Power Gain (dB)  field and add the value calculated in Step 51 to the current

value in the field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

55   Type the new power gain value in the field and click  Apply.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

56   Wait for 30 secs and go back to the Power Management window. Observe the power 

level at the ingress point of the NE.

Figure 6-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-40   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 301: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 301/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

57   If the ingress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 50 through Step

56.

If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is

complete. Continue to Step 58.

Note:  Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74), if there are problems

achieving the proper power level.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

58   Close the Power management window and go back to the wavelength service

completion window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

59   Click  Power (Z-A) button in the  wavelength service completion window. Repeat Step

12 through Step 58 in the Z to A direction.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

60   Close the wavelength service window. Power adjustments have been completed for the

lines covered by that wavelength service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

61   Go to “Delete wavelength service” (p. 5-29) to delete the commissioning service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

62   Are there any additional wavelength services that are needed to complete commissioning

on the system?

If yes, go back to Step 4.

If no, continue to Step 63.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

63   Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a FOADM system

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-41

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 302: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 302/401

Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

Background

Refer to “Keyed versus unkeyed OCh” (p. 6-4) for more information about unkeyed

networks. Note that the EPT design will explicitly state that the network design isunkeyed.

An unkeyed system must be commissioned using wavelength (or commissioning)

services using the following guidelines.

1. A commissioning service must cross an express path that will be used in the system at

least once during commissioning to allow the calculation and placement of 

attenuating pads (if necessary) in FOADM nodes.

2. A commissioning service must cross every ingress LD in the system at least once

during commissioning to allow the user to adjust the gain of the LD.

3. A commissioning service must be added at every FOADM-1 (terminal) egress line in

the system at least once during commissioning to verify that the equipment is installedcorrectly.

The optimal commissioning routes to provision may have been pre-determined during

network planning. If there are no pre-determined routes then the user must determine

which paths have not been commissioned yet and create a service over one of those paths.

Generally it is advantageous to determine the longest routes possible to minimize the

number of transponder deployments or redeployments necessary during the

commissioning phase. When choosing a channel to use for the commissioning service it is

 best to choose one near the middle of the C-band. For example, if bands A and F of the

SFD5 channel plan are dropped along the path, bands B through E are free; choose the

channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 194.1 THz because these channels are nearest to the

center of the frequency band.

Figure 6-16, “Commissioning service for a FOADM system” (p. 6-24) shows a FOADM

linear network with a commissioning service that adds and drops at each of the terminal

 NEs of the linear system. This service must not use a channel from bands A, B, C, or G of 

the five-channel filter channel plan. In this case a channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 

194.1 THz could be used. This commissioning service satisfies the three goals listed

above. Note that cases will exist where a single service cannot be used due to the planned

channel add/drop at each network element. In this case two services will be required that

overlap at least one of the FOADM node express paths.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-42   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 303: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 303/401

Procedure

The following is the procedure to Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines:

Important! When following this procedure, note that the ALPFGT has a small gain

setting range in which the gain profile across the C-band is flat. Therefore, Alcatel-Lucent

strongly recommends operating the ALPFGT LD within the Gmin to Gmax parameters from

the EPT. If the gain setting required to eliminate the power error calculated in the

 procedure would be outside the gain range it is better to accept the power error and set the

gain setting to the nearest boundary of the gain range (Gmin or Gmax).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Commissioning a FOADM system requires the availability of field personnel physically

 present at optical add/drop nodes to provide attenuating pad changes if required. Ensurethat they are present as stated in the “Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Ensure that the provision system with plan wizard available in CPB has been run and that

the nodes that make up the system to be commissioned have been provisioned, as stated

in “Provision the system” (p. 6-14).

Figure 6-31 Commissioning service for a FOADM system

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-43

Page 304: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 304/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Ensure that the transponder cards are installed as described and stated in the

“Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Identify the wavelength service to be created. Refer to the detailed description in“Background” (p. 6-42).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Identify the two transponders at the end points of the service to be created (refer to

“Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines” (p. 6-42) for commissioning service

guidelines). Determine the service type that will be provisioned between the transponders.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Follow the procedure, “Provision new wavelength service” (p. 5-2), to provision the

commissioning service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Wait for 2 mins after the service creation for the power to ramp up before continuing.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Determine the first node in the light path and double-click the node in the Topology View

to open the NE Inventory window.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-44   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 305: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 305/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning service and note the

value of “Per channel target output power (dBm)”. See example in Figure 6-32,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power” (p. 6-45).

Figure 6-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-45

Page 306: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 306/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Click the Line port of the transponder used in the commissioning service. Then change

the Programmed Network Output Power to the value noted in Step 9. See Figure 6-33,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power” (p. 6-46)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 12.

If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 17 .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning

service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Determine the delta between the Total

Network Power Egress and the power measured by the power meter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.

Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning

service. Add the delta previously calculated.

Figure 6-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-46   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 307: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 307/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Make adjustments to the transponder  Programmed Network Output Power, see Step 10

until the observed channel power plus the delta equals the Per channel target output

power as noted in Step 9. Wait for 30 secs between adjustments.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Jump to Step 23.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker ->  View Services

from the NE Inventory top menu.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354

RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number services present on the

Line port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   Calculate the total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 18 and the

Per channel target output power  as noted in Step 9 .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Click  Close.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21   Adjust the transponder  Programmed Network Output Power Step 10 until the Total

Network Power Egress of the amplifier is equal to the calculated value in Step 19. Wait

for 30 secs between adjustments.

Figure 6-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-47

Page 308: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 308/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

22   Note the final Total Network Power Egress (Ptarget  upstream) and Per channel target

output power (Ptarget   upstream).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

23   Determine the next node in the light path and double-click it to open the NE inventorywindow.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

24   If there is an ingress amplifier at the next node, continue to Step 25 .

If there is no ingress amplifier, jump to Step 29 .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

25   Select the Sig port of the ingress amplifier (Line Out on an ALPFGT). Note the Per

channel target output power (Ptargetdownstream) and the “Signal Power Egress”

(Poutdownstream

).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

26   Calculate the amount to adjust the ingress amplifier gain setting using the following

formula.

Delta = (Ptargetdownstream-Ptargetupstream)- and (Poutdownstream-Poutupstream).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

27   Change the Power Gain attribute by the delta value calculated in Step 26. See example in

Figure 6-35, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment” (p. 6-48).

Figure 6-35 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-48   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 309: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 309/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

28   Obtain new values for Poutdownstream and Poutupstream  and recalculate the delta value using

the formula in Step 26. If the absolute delta value is greater than 0.5 dB wait five secs,

and then change the power gain value again. Continue the iterations until the delta is less

than 0.5 dB waiting five secs between changes.

Note:  If the gain setting is outside the limits of  Maximum Gain and  Minimum Gain

there is likely to be an upstream loss problem that must be identified and corrected.

Possible reasons for the problem could be one of the following.

•   The Poutupstream  reading changed due to a disruption at the upstream NE.

•   Failure to place an input fixed attenuating pad after a short span. Check the EPT

design.

•   The upstream span loss is too high or too low.

•   The patch panel connection loss between the fiber span and Line In port of the

receiving network element is too high.

•   For topologies where the receive direction amplification is provided by anALPFGT pack, the loss between the receiving network element Line In port and

the ALPFGT Sig In port may be too high.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

29   Determine the egress line of the light path and select the Line port of the egress amplifier.

 Note the Total Network Power Egress and the Per channel target output power.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

30   If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 31.

If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 37....................................................................................................................................................................................................

31   Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning

service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

32   Determine the delta between the Total Network Power Egress  and the power measured

 by the power meter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

33   Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning

service. Add the delta calculated Step 32 .

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-49

Page 310: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 310/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

34   Instruct the field personnel to change the attenuating pad on the path between the ingress

line and this egress line equivalent to the difference between the channel power 

determined in Step 33 and the Per channel target output power.

Note: If the channel expresses through the EXP port, change the attenuation between

the EXP ports of the interconnected SFD packs. If the channel is connected through

the loop connection between channel ports, change the attenuation between the

channel ports.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

35   Make attenuation changes until the measured channel power is within 1 dB of the Per

channel target output power.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

36   If the target power is achieved, jump to Step 46.

If the target power cannot be achieved jump to Step 44.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

37   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker ->  View Services

from the NE Inventory top menu.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

38   The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354

RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number of services present on the

Line port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

39   Calculate the expected total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 38

and the Per channel target output power.

Figure 6-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-50   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 311: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 311/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

40   Click  Close.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

41   Instruct the field personnel to change the attenuating pad on the path between the ingress

line and this egress line equivalent to the difference between the expected total power calculated in Step 39 and the Total Network Power Egress.

Note: If the channel expresses through the EXP port, change the attenuation between

the EXP ports of the interconnected SFD packs. If the channel is connected through

the loop connection between channel ports, change the attenuation between the

channel ports.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

42   Make attenuation changes until the Total Network Power Egress  is within 1 dB of the

expected total power.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

43   If the target power is achieved, jump to Step 46.

If the target power cannot be achieved continue to Step 44.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

44   If changing fixed attenuators in the ingress to egress line path cannot achieve the Line

Out target power, consider increasing the egress amplifier gain setting if one is present.

Note: The following step must only be taken if all other possibilities are exhausted.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

45   Select the Sig port of the ingress amplifier (Line Out on an ALPFGT). Change the Power

Gain attribute by the required amount.

Note: If the gain setting is outside the limits of  Maximum Gain and  Minimum Gain

there is likely a loss problem within the node that must be identified and corrected.

(Verify the Poutupstream reading has not changed as well).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

46   Repeat Step 22 through Step 43 for each node before terminating node of the

commissioning service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

47   Repeat Step 22 through Step 28 for the terminating node.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

48   Repeat Step 8 through Step 43 for the opposite direction of the light path.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-51

Page 312: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 312/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

49   Go to “Delete wavelength service” (p. 5-29) to delete the commissioning service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

50   Are there additional wavelength services that are needed to complete commissioning on

the system?If yes, go back to Step 4.

If no, continue to Step 52.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

51   There is an optional procedure to prepare the system for additional services. For more

information and detailed procedure, go to “Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for 

additional services” (p. 6-53).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

52   Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-52   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 313: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 313/401

Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

Background

After completing the procedure“Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines”

(p. 6-42), through path of the system has been commissioned. This is sufficient to set thegain settings of the amplifiers in the system and determine the value of any fixed

attenuators required on through transmission path. Every service addition at a FOADM

node in an unkeyed network would require a remeasurement of the output power using an

OSA or wavelength meter to determine the correct add path power to reach the egress

Line Out target power. An optional additional step in commissioning is to determine the

required add path power from each SFD filter to achieve the Line Out target power. The

values determined cannot be stored in the network element, however the operator may

wish to record the values for reference so that when additional services are added using

the SFDs already installed, the required target power for the add path can be set directly.

Transponders are fibered to the SFDs that require the target power. Wavelength serviceswill be created across the SFDs to determine the values.

Procedure

The following is the procedure to prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional

services.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Determine the transponder fibered to the SFD for the degree of interest. Create a

wavelength service terminated at that transponder using the procedure “Provision new

wavelength service” (p. 5-2).Note: Use a channel from the middle of the channel set supported by the filter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Double-click the add node for the wavelength service to open the NE inventory window.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-53

Page 314: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 314/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Select the Line port of the egress amplifier for the wavelength service and note the Per

channel target output power. See Figure 6-32, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per 

channel target output power” (p. 6-45).

Figure 6-37 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power

System Turn-up and commissioning   Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-54   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 315: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 315/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Click the Line port of the transponder used in the commissioning service. Then change

the Programmed Network Output Power to the value noted in Step 3. See Figure Figure

6-33, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power” (p. 6-46).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 6.

If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 11 .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning

service.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Determine the delta between the Total

Network Power Egress and the power measured by the power meter.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.

Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning

service. Add the delta previously calculated.

Figure 6-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power

System Turn-up and commissioning   Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-55

Page 316: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 316/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Adjust the transponder  Programmed Network Output Power (see Step 4) until the

observed channel power plus the delta equals the  Per channel target output power as

noted in Step 3. Wait for 30 secs between adjustments.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   Jump to Step 16.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker ->  View Services

from the NE Inventory top menu.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354

RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number services present on the

Line port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   Calculate the total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 12 and the

Per channel target output power  as noted in Step 3.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Click  Close.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Adjust the transponder  Programmed Network Output Power (see Step 4) until the Total

Network Power Egress of the amplifier is equal to the calculated value in Step 13. Wait

for 30 secs between adjustments.

Figure 6-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list

System Turn-up and commissioning   Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-56   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 317: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 317/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16   Once the power setting required at the transponder Line port has been determined, record

this value for future use as the nominal reference power for this SFD to external Line Out

combination.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17   Delete the wavelength service created following the procedure “Delete wavelength

service” (p. 5-29).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

18   Repeat Step 1 through Step 17 for each SFD to Line Out combination on the FOADM

degree being tested.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

19   Repeat Step 1 through Step 18 for other degrees in the system being commissioned.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

20   Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-57

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 318: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 318/401

Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier

Overview

The opposite direction port parameter will define the association between two

unidirectional ports. So a Bidirectional cross-connection can be used with differentunidirectional topology connections.

The following are the unidirectional LD packs:

•   AM2125A - LINEIN, LINEOUT

•   AM2125B - LINEIN, LINEOUT

•   AM2318A - LINEIN, LINEOUT

Note: The opposite direction port parameter can only be provisioned on ports that

have an external topology connection. If the port is not externally connected, then the

 NE software denies any attempt to provision the associated port.

Steps to provision/delete opposite direction port

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   The opposite direction port parameter for each direction of the topology connection can

 be provisioned from either port.

For example, either of the following CLI commands will configure the opposite direction

 port for both ports.

config interface card shelf/slot/LINEIN oppdirection shelf/slot/

LINEOUT

config interface card shelf/slot/LINEOUT oppdirection shelf/slot/

LINEIN

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The opposite direction port parameter for each direction of the topology connection can

 be deleted from either port.

For example, either of the following CLI commands will delete the opposite direction

 port for both ports.

config interface card shelf/slot/LINEIN oppdirection delete

config interface card shelf/slot/LINEOUT oppdirection delete

System Turn-up and commissioning   Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-58   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 319: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 319/401

Disconnect PC from the Network

Overview

The CIT provisioning was changed to allow discovery of all the network elements. See

 Establish connection to the network . Once the commissioning is completed, the NE CIT provisioning must be returned to the original settings.

Procedure

The following is the procedure to disconnect the PC from the network:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Telnet to the temporary CIT port address and log in to CLI following the procedure

described in “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-12).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Type config interface ec 1/1/cit red disable and <Enter>

Result: This turns off route redistribution.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Type config interface ec 1/1/cit ip <ip>  and <Enter>

Where <ip> is the original IP address of the CIT port before it was changed.

Note: Typically this is the default IP address, 172.16.0.1.

Sample output is as shown in the following:

WARNING: Changing the local ethernet port IP address may result

in a loss of IP connectivity to this network element

from the local ethernet port only. DCN connectivity will

not be affected.

Enter  yes  to confirm, no  to cancel.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Type yes and <Enter>

Result: Communication to the NE is lost. Close the telnet session.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Open a Windows command window and type ipconfig /release and <Enter>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Type ipconfig /renew and <Enter>

System Turn-up and commissioning   Disconnect PC from the Network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-59

Page 320: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 320/401

Result: This will force the PC to obtain a new IP address from the NE through DHCP.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Type ipconfig and <Enter>

Verify the PC has successfully obtained an IP address from the NE, and the Default

Gateway is once again the original CIT IP address.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   The PC can now be disconnected from the NE.

Understanding the loss report

Background

The loss report is generated in the following circumstances:

•   When the network commissioning wizard completes, regardless of whether it

completes successfully.

•   After adding, removing, or upgrading an NE.

•   After performing a network power balance.

•   On demand by the user.

The loss report is only fully supported for systems comprised of Auto managed lines. The

PhM only includes the ingress LD of a FOADM through node and excludes through path

of a FOADM through node.

Overview

The report is generated as an HTML file. Errors are highlighted in red. Warnings are

highlighted in yellow.

This section contains the following topics.

•   “Report organization” (p. 6-61)

•   “Report content” (p. 6-62)

•   “Loss value field of loss report” (p. 6-63)

•   “Notes field of loss report” (p. 6-64)

•   “Highlighting in the loss report” (p. 6-65)

System Turn-up and commissioning   Disconnect PC from the Network

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-60   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 321: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 321/401

Report organization

The loss report details the card and span losses and gains along the A-Z and Z-A paths for 

each NE in the ring. The report is organized as follows:

•   Summary of errors

  Losses in the A to Z direction•   Span loss node n to node 1

•   Node 1 status

•   Node 1 Port to port losses

•   Span loss node 1 to node 2

•   Node 2 status

•   Node 2 Port to port losses

•   Losses in the Z to A direction

Figure 6-40 Shows a section of the loss report for a span and a node

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-61

Page 322: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 322/401

Report content

A summary is provided for each NE in the ring, indicating the status of the last ingress

and egress adjust. The summary is colored red if the NE has an error condition, or yellow

if the NE has a warning condition. The Last ingress result and Last egress result fields

indicate the cause of the error or warning, if applicable. The possible errors and warnings

are detailed in “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74).

The following information is reported for each span in the path.

•   The actual loss (or gain) for the span, in dB

•   The minimum allowable loss (or gain) for the span, in dB, from the EPT

•   The maximum allowable loss (or gain) for the span, in dB, from the EPT

•   The loss value (commission or real time)

•   Notes that provide additional information in diagnosing errors and warnings. See

“Notes field of loss report” (p. 6-64) for details.

Table 6-1 Report contents

Term Explanation

 NE loss trace “A to Z” The direction of the commissioning signal.

 NE loss trace “Z to A” The direction of the commissioning signal.

Actual Loss (Gain) (dB) The Actual loss is the measured loss between two consecutive

Wavelength Tracker detect points. In the case of an amplifier,

the Actual Gain is the current gain setting of the amplifier.

The actual loss must fall between the values specified for the

LPT Min and Max losses. If the adjusts for the node are

successful then no highlighting is applied to the components inthe node and losses outside the range are noted as “Loss

accommodated”. If at least one of the adjusts for the node in a

given direction has failed recently then highlighting is applied

and action by the user is required. See the following for 

highlighting rules.

Note: In the case of a loss report generated after the Greenfield

commissioning wizard has run, some lines may not have been

completed, either due to upstream failures or because lines were

excluded by the wizard. In this case the Actual loss field

indicates n/a for the loss measurements because losses have not

 been calculated yet for those lines of the system.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-62   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 323: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 323/401

Table 6-1 Report contents (continued)

Term Explanation

LPT Max Loss (Gain) (dB) The maximum expected card or span loss that is used to plan

the network.

The maximum span loss is obtained by the sum of the nominalspan loss and user-defined patch-panel and fiber loss margin.

Maximum card loss is defined by considering the loss of the

specific component and appropriate connector losses within and

 between cards. The component loss is obtained from a

statistical analysis of the component loss data. Total losses

within an NE are derived by a statistical RMS addition of all

the individual cards along through path of the NE.

LPT Nominal Loss (Gain)

(dB)

The nominal card or span loss used to plan the network. Total

nominal loss within an NE is derived by the linear addition of 

the nominal card losses.

LPT Min Loss (Gain) (dB) The minimum expected card or span loss used to plan the

network.

Loss value indicates how the loss value reported was obtained:

•   Real time: Wavelength Tracker measurement of the loss

•   Commission: bulk power measurement of the loss

 Notes Provides additional information, as described in “Notes field of 

loss report” (p. 6-64).

Loss value field of loss report

The loss value field indicates how the displayed loss was calculated. Amplifier gains

shown in the loss report are read directly from the LD pack, therefore no text is shown in

the Loss value field.

Table 6-2 Loss value field loss report explanations

Text Explanation

Real time Real-time Wavelength Tracker readings were used to calculate

the loss when the report was generated.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-63

Page 324: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 324/401

Table 6-2 Loss value field loss report explanations (continued)

Text Explanation

Commission Commission is displayed when there are no wavelength

services with WT readings available when the report is

generated. The displayed loss is the loss that was calculatedduring the last commissioning adjustment.

Commissioning adjustments are defined as:

1. Kitless commissioning adjustments used to commission a

system.

2. Or, WT-based power adjustments when the line has not

 been commissioned.

Notes field of loss report

The notes field of a row in the loss report displays additional information to the user.

Table 6-3 Notes field terms and definitions

Note Explanation

Warning: Loss x.x dB too

high.

The measured loss is x.x dB higher than the maximum loss.

Note: The level “Warning ” or “Error” is based on whether the

loss is just outside the PT range within 1 dB, or whether the

loss is outside of the PT range + 1 dB. However, if the adjust

succeeds the “Error” is changed to a “Warning ”.

Warning: Loss x.x dB too low The measured loss is x.x dB lower than the minimum loss.

Error: Loss x.x dB too high The measured loss is x.x dB higher than the maximum loss and

is associated with a failed power management adjustment.

If the power management adjustment succeeded, this would be

a Warning instead of an error.

Error: Loss x.x dB too low The measured loss is x.x dB lower than the minimum loss and

is associated with a failed power management adjustment.

If the power management adjustment succeeded, this would be

a Warning instead of an error.

Loss Accommodated. The loss is outside the planned range, but the loss was

accommodated by the auto power management adjustment.

Average attenuation of x.x dB

applied to range

For a CWR8 thru, WSS thru or ROADM thru path x.x dB was

applied to the planned loss range. This equals the applied

attenuation of the optical device in the path.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-64   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 325: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 325/401

Table 6-3 Notes field terms and definitions (continued)

Note Explanation

Power not found No optical power was found that could be used to calculate a

loss.

Error: unable to read lossvalue

A measured loss could not be calculated and a commissioningloss was not available on the network element.

(Target gain = xx.x dB) The adjustment function calculated a gain of xx.x dB which did

not fall within the planned gain range.

Loss within 10% of max The measured loss is within 10% of the maximum planned

value. Several components within 10% of the max may cause

an auto power management adjustment to fail.

Upstream loss too high The ingress adjustment has failed and the loss preceding the

ingress LD is too high.

x dB of y dB repair marginconsumed Indicates that the ingress adjustment has set the gain of theingress LD within the repair margin allocated for this LD. The

gain is approaching the maximum gain planned for this

amplifier.

DCM present Indicates that a dispersion compensation device is between the

two detect points used to calculate the loss.

Highlighting in the loss report

If errors or warnings are generated during commissioning or during an in-service power 

adjustment, the relevant cells within the loss report are highlighted to help identify thesource of the problems. Warnings are highlighted yellow. Errors are highlighted red.

Highlighting is conditional on whether the report was generated during commissioning or 

during an in-service operation, and based on the last adjust results for each NE.

In the following table, the rule applies for the combination of ingress line to egress line,

that is the egress line is on different degree of the node from the ingress line.

Table 6-4 Highlighting loss report rules

Last ingress result Last egress result Highlighting

Success Success No highlighting applied to the loss

report.

Losses that are outside LPTMin to LPT

Max are noted as “” in the Notes field.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-65

Page 326: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 326/401

Table 6-4 Highlighting loss report rules (continued)

Last ingress result Last egress result Highlighting

Power adjust warning -

span repair margin

violated

Success The ingress amp is highlighted yellow

with a Warning message. The

 preceding span and other ingresscomponents may also be highlighted

yellow with a Warning message.

Although the ingress adjust has passed,

some of the span repair margin has

 been used. In this case, the network 

remains in a normal operating state.

Although no action is required, the

operator may choose to address the

warning.

Success Anything other than

success

Warnings: Components or spans

highlighted in yellow with a Warning

message may indicate a potential

 problem.

Anything other than

success

Success The measured component or span loss

is less than the LPT  Min  or greater than

the LPT  Max  values, but is within the

measurement accuracy window. Before

attempting to fix the flagged warnings,

check for any components in the Error 

state.

Anything other thansuccess

Anything other thansuccess

Errors: Components or spanshighlighted in red with an Error 

message require attention. The

measured component or span loss is

less than the LPT  Min  or greater than the

LPT  Max  values, including

measurement accuracy. Amplifiers

highlighted in red with an Error 

message indicate a problem area since

the gain setting required is outside of 

the allowed range.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Understanding the loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-66   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 327: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 327/401

Generate and review system loss report

Overview

The System Loss Report of the CPB tool displays the loss per channel through a network 

element from ingress degree to egress degree. There are two-target applications for this NE loss report. One use is to check the pad values selected during commissioning of the

FOADM network elements. The second use is to quickly audit a FOADM node in-service

to discover if any excess loss exists within the node if optical power out of range alarms

are observed on one or more channels.

Prerequisites

Prior to creating a System Loss Report, the user should complete provisioning of the EPT

 parameters for the target system. If the system has been commissioned, this prerequisite is

met.

If these parameters are not provisioned, the System Loss Report will not display a targetloss range for the loop or express channels and the expected gain range for the LDs will

also be missing. The user must run the Provision System using plan wizard to provision

the required planning tool parameters prior to creating a System Loss Report. The

 parameters in Table 6-5, “Minimum EPT parameters for network element” (p. 6-67) are

the minimum set of parameters that must be provisioned.

Table 6-5 Minimum EPT parameters for network element

EPT Commissioning

Parameter

Tag in planning tool

commissioning .xml file

Applicable Port

LD Gmin   AmpMinGain LD Sig Out

LD Gmax   AmpMaxGain LD Sig Out

Ingress LD target output power TargetOutputPower LD Sig Out

Ingress LD power deviation out DeviationOut LD Sig Out

Egress target output power TargetOutputPower LD Line Out

Egress power deviation out DeviationOut LD Line Out

Generating a loss report...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If the CPB tool is not already running, start it by selecting Provision ->  Launch CPB...

from the top menu and login using the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM login and password.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Select Commissioning ->  Create System Loss Report (using plan)... from the top menu.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-67

Page 328: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 328/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   An overview window will appear as shown in Figure 6-41, “CPB Create system loss

report overview” (p. 6-68). Click  Next>.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   The planning tool file selection window is displayed as shown in Figure 6-42, “CPB

Create system loss report select planning tool file” (p. 6-68).

Figure 6-41 CPB Create system loss report overview

Figure 6-42 CPB Create system loss report select planning tool file

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-68   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 329: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 329/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Browse to the folder containing the EPT commissioning file for the target system and

select the file.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Click  Next and the system loss report stages window displays as shown in  Figure 6-43,“CPB Create system loss report stages progress window” (p. 6-69).

Result: The last page appears as shown in Figure 6-44, “CPB Create system loss

report last page” (p. 6-70).

Figure 6-43 CPB Create system loss report stages progress window

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-69

Page 330: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 330/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Wait until the stages show completed and click  Next>.

Figure 6-44 CPB Create system loss report last page

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-70   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 331: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 331/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Click  View Report, and a loss report will be displayed similar to the one shown in  Figure

6-45, “CPB sample loss report” (p. 6-71). Alternatively, click  Download Report to save

the report to a selected location.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Click  Finish to close the create system loss report wizard.

Loss report content

The egress line selected by the user, and the result of the last power management

adjustment (applicable only to Auto managed lines) is displayed above the tables.

Figure 6-45 CPB sample loss report

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-71

E  N D O F S T E P S

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 332: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 332/401

One table per ingress line selected by the user is displayed next. The fields of the table are

explained in Table 6-6, “Loss report fields” (p. 6-72).

Table 6-6 Loss report fields

Field Description

Path - Port from The starting point for the measured loss.

Path - Port to The end point for the measured loss. The measured loss is

 between “Port from” to “Port to”.

Expected Loss Range - PT

Min Loss (Gain) dB

The minimum planned loss or gain between “Port from” and

“Port to”.

Expected Loss Range - PT

Max Loss (Gain) dB

The maximum planned loss or gain between “Port from” and

“Port to”.

 Notes Displays additional information. See “The notes field of the

loss report” (p. 6-73).

Measured Loss (dB)

ITU <channel number>

The measured loss for each ITU channel provisioned between

the ingress line and egress line.

There are three sections of the table. The first section is the  Target Loss Comparison

section. In this section, the loss between the target power per channel at the ingress LD

Sig Out for the ingress line and the egress line LD Line Out is measured. The valid loss

range includes the expected power deviation from the target values.

The second section is the WTD detect point to detect point losses section. In this

section, each row contains the measured loss between two Wavelength Tracker detect

 points.

The third section is the Per channel status. In this section, below each ITU channel

column, the status for each channel is reported.

•   If the loss is measured and in range the status is “OK”.

•   If the loss is measured and is too high the status is “Too high”.

•   If the loss is measured and is too low the status is “Too low”.

•   If the loss was not measured the status is “n/a”.

The PT Min Loss and  PT Max Loss fields show n/a  if the planned loss is not set on the

network element, or cannot be calculated, for WTD to WTD losses and the target loss

range, respectively.n/a indicates“not available”.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-72   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 333: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 333/401

The notes field of the loss report

The notes field contains additional information.

•   Power not found - power readings were not available for one or more of the channels.

“n/a” is shown where the loss for the channel would normally be displayed.

•   Error: Unable to calculate target loss range - displayed when the planning tool data

required to calculate the target loss range is not available. See Table 6-6, “Loss report

fields” (p. 6-72) for the required planning tool data.

System report highlighting

If the measured loss reported is outside the planned range by less than or equal to 1 dB

the loss is highlighted yellow. If the measured loss is outside the planned range by more

than 1 dB the loss is highlighted red. If the measured loss is within the planned range the

loss is not highlighted. The WTD to WTD losses are not highlighted if the measured loss

in the Target Loss Comparison is not highlighted.

If a measured loss cannot be calculated no highlighting is applied to the measured loss. If the planned or target loss range is not available no highlighting is applied.

Troubleshooting using the loss report

Losses that are highlighted Yellow indicate a potential problem. Losses that are

highlighted Red indicate a problem that should be corrected. For a path from an ingress

line that is Manually power managed to an egress line that is Manually power managed

on a FOADM node, the most likely problem is an incorrect pad selection for the optical

connection between the drop side and add side of the path. As removal of an attenuating

 pad will break the optical path of the signal, attenuating pad changes should be done

during a maintenance time window.

During service turn-up, the loss report can be used as an aide to ensure that the selected

 pad for the new service is correct. After adding the attenuating pad for the new service,

run the loss report to compare the measured loss for the channel to the target loss range.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Generate and review system loss report

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-73

Page 334: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 334/401

Troubleshooting failed adjustments

Overview

After the Commission Greenfield System wizard completes, a loss report is generated.

Refer to “Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60) for more details about the loss report.See Figure 6-45, “CPB sample loss report” (p. 6-71).

Above each node loss summary in the loss report, there is a box with Last ingress result =

<string> and Last egress result = <string> (see Figure 6-45, “CPB sample loss report”

(p. 6-71). If there is a failure on the NE, then the box is highlighted. Warnings are

highlighted yellow. Errors are highlighted red. This section provides a list of the possible

messages, along with a detailed description of the message and any corrective action

required.

Table 6-7, “Loss report error messages” (p. 6-74) provides a list of possible error 

messages. Follow the applicable corrective action to troubleshoot the error.

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages

Message Description Corrective Action

Aborted The power adjustment was

aborted by the user.

This message applies to

in-service adjustments only.

 NA

Action not supported for that

location

The point selected is not a

 power adjustment target point.

See the Alcatel-Lucent 1830

 Photonic Service Switch

36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/  PSS-16) Release 6.0 User 

 Provisioning Guide for a list

of valid adjustment points.

Amplifier is gain limited

(ingress adjustment)

The amplifier output power is

at its maximum allowable

level and the gain has been

clamped.

Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier 

is gain limited (ingress

adjustment)” (p. 6-80).

Amplifier is gain limited

(egress adjustment)

The amplifier output power is

at its maximum allowable

level and the gain has beenclamped.

Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier 

is gain limited (egress

adjustment)” (p. 6-80).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-74   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 335: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 335/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

Amplifier signal power 

unavailable

The adjustment failed because

the NE was unable to retrieve

the signal power from thecorresponding ingress/egress

amplifier. This message

applies to Commission

Greenfield System wizard

triggered adjustments only.

Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier 

signal power unavailable”

(p. 6-81)).

 No through services

 provisioned

An adjustment cannot be

completed for the through

 path of the network element

 because no services are

 provisioned or present. This

message is not considered afailure. This message pertains

to in-service egress power 

adjustments only.

Go to “Troubleshoot no

through services provisioned”

(p. 6-81).

Pack required for adjust not

 present

A pack required to perform a

 power adjustment is not

 present.

Go to “Troubleshoot pack 

required for adjust not

 present” (p. 6-81).

Communication time-out with

upstream node

Communication with the

upstream node failed.

Go to “Troubleshoot

communication time-out with

upstream node” (p. 6-82).

Configuration request

unsuccessful

The software encountered an

internal error.

Go to “Troubleshoot

configuration request

unsuccessful” (p. 6-82).

Error A general error has occurred. Check for alarms and

troubleshoot.

Fiber is not yet commissioned The commissioning flag for 

the line where the adjustment

was triggered has not been set

to completed yet. This

message applies to in-service

adjustments only, triggereddirectly by the user.

Go to “Troubleshoot fiber is

not yet commissioned”

(p. 6-83).

Local adjustment is still in

 progress

A power adjustment is

currently in progress. This

message applies to in-service

adjustments only.

Wait for the adjustment to

complete.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-75

Page 336: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 336/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

Power adjust failed - span

repair margin violated

The power adjustment failed

 because the required gain falls

within the area designated for the span splice margin.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

high (ingress adjustment)”

(p. 6-83).

Power adjust warning - splice

margin violated

Indicates that the ingress

amplifier gain encroaches on

the span repair margin.

Go to “Troubleshoot power 

adjust warning - splice margin

violated” (p. 6-83).

Loss too high (ingress

adjustment)

The loss from the output of 

the previous node to the

ingress amp on the current

node is greater than the

maximum allowable span loss

specified in the EPT

commissioning file. The loss

cannot be accommodated by

the gain limits for the ingress

amplifier planned by the EPT.

In-service: The required gain

calculated by the adjustment

exceeds the planned

maximum gain plus a margin

over the maximum gain.

Triggered by Commission

Greenfield System wizard:The required gain calculated

 by the adjustment exceeds the

 planned maximum gain.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

high (ingress adjustment)”

(p. 6-83).

Loss too high (egress

adjustment). The loss within

the node is too high.

The loss within the node is

too high.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

high (egress adjustment)”

(p. 6-84).

Loss too low (ingress

adjustment)

The loss from the output of 

the previous node to the

ingress amp on the current

node is less than the minimumallowable span loss specified

in the EPT commissioning

file. The loss cannot be

accommodated by the gain

limits of the ingress amplifier.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

low (ingress adjustment)”

(p. 6-85).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-76   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 337: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 337/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

Loss too low (egress

adjustment)

The loss within the node is

too low.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

low (egress adjustment)”

(p. 6-85).Maximum number of 

iterations reached

Maximum number of 

adjustment iterations is

reached. The probable cause

is erratic power transient. This

message may appear for an

egress adjustment triggered at

a terminal line if the OT or 

SVAC power setpoint cannot

 be achieved. This message

applies to in-service power 

adjustments only. This canalso occur if the OT line port

admin state is down.

Go to “Troubleshoot

Maximum number of 

iterations reached” (p. 6-86).

 No services in appropriate

state for adjustment

The services required to

 perform an in-service power 

adjustment are in a power 

unstable state or the

Wavelength Tracker detect

 point reporting powers has

 been declared unreliable and

the power adjustment cannot

 proceed. This message applies

to in-service power 

adjustments only.

Go to “Troubleshoot no

services in appropriate state

for adjustment” (p. 6-86).

 No through services in

appropriate state for 

adjustment

The services required to

 perform an in-service power 

adjustment are in a power 

unstable state or the

Wavelength Tracker detect

 point reporting powers has

 been declared unreliable and

the power adjustment cannot proceed. This message applies

to in-service egress power 

adjustments only.

Go to “Troubleshoot no

through services in

appropriate state for 

adjustment” (p. 6-87).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-77

Page 338: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 338/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

 No services present Impossible to complete

adjustment without services

 provisioned. This messageapplies to in service power 

adjustments only.

Go to “Troubleshoot no

services present” (p. 6-87).

Power changing; cannot

adjust

The total or signal power 

readings are not stable and the

 power adjustment cannot

execute. This message applies

to adjustments triggered by

the Commission Greenfield

System wizard only.

Contact your next level of 

support.

Power measurement is

unavailable

The power management

application failed to retrieve a

value from one of the line

 packs.

Go to “Troubleshoot power 

measurement is unavailable”

(p. 6-87).

Success Adjustment completed

successfully. Loss

compensated within tolerance.

 NA

Timeout caused adjust to halt The power adjustment timed

out.

Go to “Troubleshoot time-out

caused adjust to halt”

(p. 6-88).

Topology provisioning isincomplete

The NE fiber topology is notfully defined.

Go to “Troubleshoot topology provisioning is incomplete”

(p. 6-88).

Upstream data unavailable Data from the upstream NEs

is unavailable.

Go to “Troubleshoot

communication time-out with

upstream node” (p. 6-82).

Upstream software

incompatible

The NE upstream of the node

where the ingress adjustment

was attempted is running an

incompatible software release.

Go to “Troubleshoot upstream

software incompatible”

(p. 6-88).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-78   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 339: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 339/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

Ingress amplifier gain exceeds

maximum planned gain

The adjustment set the gain of 

the ingress LD above the

maximum planned gain, butless than the maximum

 planned gain plus margin.

This is not a failure, however 

too many amplifiers in this

state will cause the OSNR of 

services to be too low to

maintain error free

transmission. The network 

operator should try to clear 

this state as soon as possible.

This message applies to inservice ingress adjustments

only.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

high (ingress adjustment)”

(p. 6-83).

Egress amplifier gain exceeds

maximum planned gain

The adjustment set the gain of 

the egress LD above the

maximum planned gain, but

less than the maximum

 planned gain plus margin.

This is not a failure, however 

too many amplifiers in this

state will cause the OSNR of 

services to be too low tomaintain error free

transmission. The network 

operator should try to clear 

this state as soon as possible.

This message applies to in

service egress adjustments

only.

Go to “Troubleshoot loss too

high (egress adjustment)”

(p. 6-84).

Amplifier mid-stage loss

 problem

The adjustment cannot be

completed because the loss of 

the amplifier mid-stage is outof range.

Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier 

mid-stage loss problem”

(p. 6-89).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-79

Page 340: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 340/401

Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)

Message Description Corrective Action

Some add path control points

incomplete

The in-service egress

adjustment was unable to

completely adjust some of thelocally added channels for the

line at which the adjustment

was run.

Go to “Troubleshoot add path

control points incomplete”

(p. 6-89).

Adjustment using ASE not

 possible - cross connect

 provisioned

There is a cross-connect

 provisioned on the line on

which the adjustment was

attempted. The power 

adjustment cannot be

completed with this

cross-connect present.

Go to “Troubleshoot

adjustment not possible -

cross-connect provisioned”

(p. 6-90).

Troubleshoot amplifier is gain limited (ingress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the input power to the amplifier.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If it is abnormally high, this indicates a problem upstream. Correct the upstream problem.

Troubleshoot amplifier is gain limited (egress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If the problem is not traffic affecting, no action is required. This procedure is complete.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check loss between the output of the amplifier and node output. Clean or replace

components as necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Check for incorrect fibering that may have caused the input power to the amplifier to be

too high. Clean or replace components as necessary.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-80   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 341: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 341/401

Troubleshoot amplifier signal power unavailable

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Perform a warm reset of the amplifier pack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Rerun the commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If the fault persists, perform a cold reset of the amplifier pack by reseating the pack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Rerun the commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If the fault persists, replace the amplifier pack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Rerun the commissioning wizard.

Troubleshoot no through services provisioned

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Provision at least one present wavelength on through path.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Retry adjustment.

Troubleshoot pack required for adjust not present

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Verify that the packs planned by the EPT for the WDM through path are present.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Verify that the packs planned by the EPT for the WDM through path are Admin up.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Check for any alarms related to the packs. Replace packs if necessary.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-81

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 342: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 342/401

Troubleshoot communication time-out with upstream node

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If the message is generated during the Commission Greenfield System wizard, rerun the

commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the Adjust button in the PhM interface or use the

CLI or WebUI to perform an ingress power adjustment.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If the fault persists, check that the OSC CN link between the nodes of the segment is up.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Troubleshoot the CN link if necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If the message is generated during the Commission Greenfield System wizard, rerun the

commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the Adjust button in the PhM interface or use the

CLI or WebUI to perform an ingress power adjustment.

Troubleshoot configuration request unsuccessful

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check for alarms and troubleshoot following the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service

Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing 

Guide.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check for packs that reset during the adjustment. Try rerunning the adjustment if a pack 

had reset during the adjustment.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-82   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 343: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 343/401

Troubleshoot fiber is not yet commissioned

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If commissioning of the system has not been done yet, follow the commissioning

 procedure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If commissioning of the system has been completed, set the commissioning flags of the

ingress LD Line ports to completed/true. This can be done by the user through the PhM

inventory view, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot power adjust warning - splice margin violated

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, no action is

required. This is not considered a failure, but it is a warning to the user that the amplifier 

gain is approaching the maximum gain planned for the amplifier by the EPT.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If the message is generated during commissioning, troubleshoot the problem as described

in “Troubleshoot loss too high (ingress adjustment)” (p. 6-83).

Troubleshoot loss too high (ingress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the source of the excess loss using the loss report (see “Understanding the loss

report” (p. 6-60)).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If the span loss is too high, perform the following substeps and retry the adjustment after 

each step.

If not, go to Step 8 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Clean the fiber connection between the patch panel and the LD Line In port.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-83

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 344: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 344/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Perform an in-service adjustment from the PhM light path trace power management

interface.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If the Loss too high error remains, check the loss on the affected segment and if the spanloss is too high field personnel will need to try to correct the span loss.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   If the Loss too high error remains, clean the fiber connection between the patch panel and

the LD Line Out port of the upstream network element.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   If the span loss cannot be reduced to meet the planned limit, then a replan of the system

will be required using the EPT.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot loss too high (egress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the location on the NE of the excess loss using the loss report (see

“Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60)).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If loss is still too high, replace the pack (or packs) where the measured loss reported by

the loss report is closest to the maximum loss. Retry the adjustment, and repeat if 

necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-84   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 345: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 345/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot loss too low (ingress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Verify the span loss using the loss report.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The error may be caused by a fibering error on the ingress path of the NE. Check the

actual node fibering and compare with the planned fibering.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If the fibering is incorrect on the NE, clean and refiber the NE as required.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If span loss remains too low, check the loss on the affected segment. If it cannot be

corrected, a replan of the network using the EPT will be required.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard

with the new EPT commissioning file.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, generate a new

EPT commissioning file and use it to rebalance the power using the PhM Power Balance

(Using Plan) function. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic

 Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide.

Troubleshoot loss too low (egress adjustment)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the location on the NE where the loss is too low using the loss report (see

“Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60)).

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-85

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 346: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 346/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check the actual node fibering and compare with the planned fibering. If the fibering is

incorrect on the NE, clean and refiber the NE as required.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power 

adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot Maximum number of iterations reached

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the admin status of the transponder ports used for commissioning and verify that

they are up.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Observe wavelength tracker powers at the input of the ingress amplifier. Retry adjustment

if power is stable over a minute.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   For a terminal node configuration (a line that is not connected to other lines within the

same NE), check the power setpoint versus the maximum attainable for any add path

 power control points. To check the OT or SVAC maximum attainable power and current

target power, use the PhM inventory view, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot no services in appropriate state for adjustment

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Wait for 30 secs to allow any unstable services to stabilize and reattempt the power 

adjustment....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check for alarms and troubleshoot to bring the services to a stable state.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-86   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 347: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 347/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   For an ingress adjustment, verify that the WT power readings for all channels received at

the local line are also present and power in range at the upstream egress line. If any

channel powers are missing or power out of range at the upstream egress line,

troubleshoot the upstream line.

Troubleshoot no through services in appropriate state for adjustment

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Wait for 30 secs to allow any unstable services to stabilize and reattempt the power 

adjustment.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check for alarms and troubleshoot to bring the services to a stable state.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Ensure that Wavelength Tracker powers are visible at the detect points through the node

from ingress line(s) to the egress line the egress adjustment was triggered for. Use the

PhM light path trace, CLI, or WebUI to confirm the provisioned services are present.

Troubleshoot no services present...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Provision a service (must be completed).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Retry the power adjustment.

Troubleshoot power measurement is unavailable

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check for any pack missing alarms, as this failure will occur if a pack is not present.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Reinsert the packs that are missing.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-87

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 348: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 348/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Rerun the commissioning wizard if the adjustment was triggered by the Commission

Greenfield System wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Retry the power adjustment at the failed adjustment point using the PhM, CLI, or WebUIinterface.

Troubleshoot time-out caused adjust to halt

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check that the NE is online and stable.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check that all packs are up and running (packs are not undergoing reset).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Retry the power adjustment.

Troubleshoot topology provisioning is incomplete

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Complete the fiber topology provisioning on the NE. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830

 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 User 

 Provisioning Guide.

Troubleshoot upstream software incompatible

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Check the software version on the upstream node. Verify that it is the same version as the

other nodes in the system.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-88   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 349: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 349/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If necessary, perform a software upgrade on the upstream node.

Troubleshoot amplifier mid-stage loss problem

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   If the ingress adjustment failed, check and correct the mid-stage loss of the ingress LD.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   If the egress adjustment failed, check and correct the mid-stage loss of the egress LD.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   After correcting the mid-stage loss problem retry the adjustment.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If the adjustment that failed was triggered by the Commission Greenfield System wizard,

rerun the commissioning wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   If the adjustment that failed was triggered by the user manually, perform a power 

adjustment using the PhM light path trace power management interface, CLI, or WebUI.

Troubleshoot add path control points incomplete

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Locate the line where the failure occurred using the loss report.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Check to see if there are any alarms on the network element that affect channels that are

added at this line. If there are any such alarms, troubleshoot them and then reattempt the

egress adjustment. End procedure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If there are no alarms, check that the administrative state of all line side ports of active

add cross-connects are set to Admin Up. If necessary, correct the setting of any Down

 ports to Up. Reattempt the egress adjustment.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

6-89

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 350: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 350/401

Troubleshoot adjustment not possible - cross-connect provisioned

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Identify the line supporting the cross-connect using the loss report.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Delete the cross-connect.

Important! Deleting a cross-connect is service affecting.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If using the PhM Commission Greenfield System wizard, reattempt the adjustment

through another complete execution of the wizard. If using the WebUI, reattempt the

adjustment.

System Turn-up and commissioning   Troubleshooting failed adjustments

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6-90   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 351: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 351/401

7   7Performance verification

testing and data retrieval

Overview

Purpose

The procedures in this chapter helps you perform final verification on the network after 

commissioning is complete.

Contents

Perform database backups 7-1

Perform database backups

Purpose

Database backups are performed using TFTP server, which is provided with the

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager. This procedure helps you perform

database backups on all the NEs in the network. The steps are completed using the

Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic

 Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for more information.

The procedure assumes the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM server is already connected to

the network, and all the NEs have been discovered. Commissioning must be complete.

Procedure

The following is the procedure to perform database backups.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

7-1

Page 352: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 352/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Select Admin-> Settings from the top menu in the Topology View window. See Figure

7-1, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu” (p. 7-2).

Figure 7-1 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu

Performance verification testing and data retrieval   Perform database backups

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 353: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 353/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   In the Settings window, select System Settings from the top tab and FTP subtab as

shown in Figure 7-2, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window” (p. 7-3) .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Verify that the root directory is /tftp files in the TFTP Root Directory dialogue box and

select FTP  option in Preferred protocal for NE Backup, NE Software Upgrade, and

PM: field.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Select the Remove Prefix option button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Click  OK .

Figure 7-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window

Performance verification testing and data retrieval   Perform database backups

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

7-3

Page 354: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 354/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Select the NE you want to back up in the Topology View window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Select Maintenance ->  NE Database Backup & Restore from the top menu bar as shown

in Figure 7-3, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu” (p. 7-4).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Click  OK  and theNE backup & Restore window opens as shown in Figure 7-4,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup” (p. 7-4).

Figure 7-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu

Figure 7-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup

Performance verification testing and data retrieval   Perform database backups

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 355: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 355/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9   Right-click on the NE and select Details... from the menu as shown in Figure 7-5,

“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu” (p. 7-5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10   In the Backup Properties window, check both Use the EMS Server as Backup host

recommended and  Use default backup directory recommended.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11   Click  OK .

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12   Ensure that the NE is selected in the list and click the Backup selected NE(s) icon asshown in the following figure.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13   The backup progress is displayed in the bottom half of the Backup & Restore window.

Wait for the Backup Success message.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14   Verify the database backup file is present in the PhM server PC. The path is

C:/tftpfiles/nebackup/ <filename>.

Figure 7-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu

Figure 7-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup icon

Performance verification testing and data retrieval   Perform database backups

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

7-5

Page 356: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 356/401

Where <filename> has the format  <NEname>_<release descriptor>_<backup

date>_<backup time >.bak

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15   Are there additional NEs that have not been backed up?

If yes, go back to Step 6 .

If no, this procedure is complete.

Performance verification testing and data retrieval   Perform database backups

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 357: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 357/401

Appendix A: Fiber cleaning

Overview

Purpose

This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent recommended method for the cleaning and

inspection of optical connectors using specific tools and materials that have been provento be effective in the assembly and testing of optical transmission equipment. It is critical

that the connector endfaces, optical ports, and bulkheads are clean and free from

 particular contamination to assure proper performance and reliability of lightwave

systems. With the modern high speed, high power, and wider bandwidth optical

transmission systems, clean connectors along the optical path are absolutely essential for 

successful operation.

Before making any optical connections, perform the “Inspect, Clean, Inspect, Connect”

(ICIC) process on every jumper connector endface, optical port, and optical bulkhead.

Note: The information in this appendix is applicable to all Alcatel-Lucent optical

 products, not just Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS). There may be

tools and connector types listed that are not applicable to Alcatel-Lucent 1830

PSS-32/PSS-16.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

A-1

Page 358: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 358/401

Safety instructions

DANGER 

Laser hazard

 Never view an energized optical cable with the naked eye or with an optical magnifying instrument. Disconnected or separated optical connectors may emit invisible laser 

radiation and direct exposure can severely injure the eye. If inspecting the endface of a

connector with a fiberscope, be absolutely certain that the system is deactivated.

DANGER 

Noxious-substance hazard

 Alcohol is flammable and is harmful if swallowed, inhaled or absorbed through the skin.

 Keep alcohol away from heat, sparks, or flame. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and 

clothing.

Contents

Cleaning optical connectors A-3

Inspecting optical connectors A-6

Cleaning other optical components A-7

Fiber cleaning   Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 359: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 359/401

Cleaning optical connectors

Materials and tools

For proper cleaning, the equipment and materials in the following table are

recommended:

Table A-1 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors

Product Model Comcode ITE # Installation

Order #

Optical Fiber 

Scope

 Noyes OFS

300-200X

408463636 ITE-7129 33712900

2.5 mm Universal

adapter Cap

For use with the

 Noyes OFS

300-200X

408197044 ITE-7129D1 33712901

1.25 mm

Universal

Adapter Cap

For use with the

 Noyes OFS

300-200X

408197069 ITE-7129D2 33712902

Video Fiber 

Scope*

 Noyes VFS- 408356830 ITE-7146 4171600

1.25 mm Adapter For VFS-1 408356848 ITE-7146D1 33714601

2.5 mm Adapter For VFS-1 408356855 ITE-7146D2 33714602

FC Adapter For VFS-1 408356863 ITE-7146D3 33714603

LC Adapter For VFS-1 408356889 ITE-7146D4 33714604

SC Adapter For VFS-1 408356954 ITE-7146D5 33714605

ST Adapter For VFS-1 408356962 ITE-7146D6 33714606

Individual

Pre-Saturated

Alcohol Wipes

99% Pure

Isopropyl Alcohol

901375147 ITE-7136 33713600

CLETOP

Cleaning Cassette

Type A Reel 901375154 ITE-7137 33713700

CLETOP

Cleaning Cassette

Replacement

Reel

Type A Reel 901375014 ITE-7137 D1 33713701

Luminex Stick 

Port Cleaners

1.25 mm 901375030 ITE-7134 33713400

Luminex Stick 

Port Cleaners

2.5 mm 901375022 ITE-7135 33713500

Fiber cleaning   Cleaning optical connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

A-3

Page 360: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 360/401

Table A-1 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors (continued)

Product Model Comcode ITE # Installation

Order #

Luminex Cloth 5.5” x 5.5” 408201226 R6033 23603300

Note: The equipment and material previously listed has been tested and is proven

effective when used in conjunction with this procedure. Substitution of equipment or 

materials is at the discretion of the user and is not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent.

Fiber cleaning considerations

Observe the following precautions when handling fibers to prevent contaminates from

adhering to the fibers and creating potential errors and unnecessary losses:

•   Assume that all fibers are dirty and must be inspected and cleaned before connection

to equipment.

•   Always inspect fibers for contaminants and clean where required.

•   Do not remove the protective end caps on fibers or fiber ports until ready to connect.

•   If it is suspected that a fiber or port was contaminated during test or turn up

 procedures, reinspect and clean as necessary.

Cleaning process

The following cleaning procedure is acceptable for field service/installation activities:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Remove the dust cap from the connector ferrule exposing the connector end-face....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Open an individual foil packet of a pre-saturated isopropyl alcohol (99% pure) wipe.

Grasp the connector housing and place the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular to the

alcohol wipe.

Drag it against the wipe three times in a figure 8 pattern. This action applies the alcohol

solvent to the end-face and initially loosens and scrubs away organic/solid contaminates.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   If a CLETOP cassette cleaner is not available, proceed with Step 7. Otherwise, hold theCLETOP cassette cleaner in the palm of your hand with the cassette shutter door facing

up.

Fiber cleaning   Cleaning optical connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 361: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 361/401

Rotate the cassette lever all the way down with your thumb. Do not release the lever. The

lever advances the “dry” Luminex cleaning cloth inside the case and simultaneously

opens the shutter. The CLETOP cassette shutter door is now open and ready for cleaning

the connector.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Insert and press the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular against the cleaning cloth in

the first of two slots of the cleaner.

Drag it down in the direction indicated by the arrows on the cleaner. Do not release the

lever of the cassette.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Lift the connector from the first slot and rotate it 90 degrees and repeat the wiping

 procedure using the second slot. Be sure that the ferrule is pressed snug against the

cleaning cloth while dragging the ferrule to assure the proper cleaning action.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6   Release the cassette lever allowing the shutter door to close to its initial position.

Continue with Step 8.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7   Wrap a Luminex cleaning cloth around the ferrule and rotate the connector housing,

cleaning the outside periphery of ferrule.

Follow this by folding an unused portion of the cloth over the end of the ferrule end-face

and then with light pressure from the thumb, slightly drag the cloth from the center of the

ferrule to the edge while rotating the connector 360 degrees. If the Luminex cleaning

cloth is not available, a lint-free clean room optic wipe can be used. The Luminexcleaning cloth is washable and can be used multiple times. The optic wipes are single use

and disposable.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8   Inspect the connector for cleanliness. If necessary, repeat the cleaning process.

Fiber cleaning   Cleaning optical connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

A-5

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 362: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 362/401

Inspecting optical connectors

Connector inspection

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Follow the instructions in the manual provided with the Optical Fiber Scope to view theferrule end-face of the fiber under inspection.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   The visual area of the ferrule end-face (ferrule and fiber) as observed by the inspection

system/scope should be free of any contaminates. Repeat the Cleaning Procedure if the

fiber end-face does not meet the following requirements:

Requirement:

 No fixed type of contamination (contaminates that remain at the same location after three

wet-dry cleaning cycles), regardless of size, is allowed in the restricted area of the glass

fiber end-face.

Note: The restricted area is defined as ~66 micron (µ) diameter for both single mode

and multi-mode fibers.

Requirement:

 No chips, cracks, or scratches are allowed near the core of the glass fiber end-face.

Requirement:

 No large floating (loose) contaminates are allowed on the glass fiber and ceramic ferrule

end-face.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   After the connector has been verified to be cleaned, it is immediately inserted into the

adapter buildout of the optical component. This assures maximum cleanliness and

effectiveness of the connector.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   If the cleaned connector cannot be “connectorized” with a corresponding adapter, the

connector ferrule must be protected with a connector dust cap. Before placing the cap on

the ferrule, ensure that the cap is clean. This can be accomplished by inserting a CLETOP

stick cleaner (swab) of the same inside diameter as the cap (either 2.5 mm or 1.25 mm)

and rotate the stick 360 degrees three times. Following this procedure, carefully place the

cap over the ferrule. When the cleaned connector is ready for assembly, it should be

reinspected for cleanliness prior to connectorization.

Fiber cleaning   Inspecting optical connectors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 363: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 363/401

Cleaning other optical components

Fiber adapters or circuit pack connectors

During testing and/or troubleshooting activities, it is necessary to clean the optical

 buildout adapter or the circuit pack connector. The following procedure is recommended....................................................................................................................................................................................................

1   Using the appropriate CLETOP stick cleaner (2.5 mm for SC, ST, and FC connectors,

1.25 mm for LC connectors) dampen the stick cleaner with Ethyl alcohol using the

alcohol wipe. Insert the stick cleaner into the adapter rotating the stick 360 degrees while

inserting. Push/rotate the stick until the stick cleaner is in contact with the connector.

Apply slight pressure upon contact and rotate the stick 360 degrees at least three times.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2   Remove the stick cleaner, rotating it upon removal.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3   Using a dry CLETOP stick cleaner of appropriate diameter, repeat Step 1. This procedure

cleans the side walls of the adapter and the end-face of the circuit pack connector.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4   Gently insert the Video Fiber Scope probe into the port until the fiber ferrule comes into

view.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5   Verify that the fiber ferrule is clean. Repeat the process in Steps 1 - 3 if the fiber does not

meet the requirements specified in “Inspecting optical connectors” (p. A-6)

Fiber cleaning   Cleaning other optical components

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

A-7

E   N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Page 364: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 364/401

Fiber cleaning   Cleaning other optical components

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 365: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 365/401

Appendix B: Tightening torque

Overview

Purpose

The listed tightening torque values are to be used for all fasteners on the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS). The tolerance admitted on the nominal values is±10%.

Contents

 Nominal tightening torques B-1

Nominal tightening torques

Description

The tolerance admitted on the nominal values is ±10%.

Table B-1 Nominal tightening torques

Screw

Size

Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw

N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb

M2 0.13 1.15 0.26 2.30 0.30 2.66

M2.5 0.28 2.48 0.53 4.63 0.60 5.26

M3 0.48 4.25 0.92 8.15 1.10 9.74

M4 1.10 9.74 2.10 18.60 2.50 22.14

M5 2.15 19.04 4.00 35.43 4.90 43.40

M6 3.80 33.65 6.90 61.11 10.80 95.65

M8 9.30 82.36 17.60 155.87 25.50 225.84

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

B-1

Page 366: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 366/401

Table B-1 Nominal tightening torques (continued)

Screw

Size

Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw

N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb

M10 18.50 163.85 30.50 270.13 48.00 425.12

M12 31.40 278.10 59.80 529.63 84.00 743.96

12-24 NA NA NA NA 3.75 34

Table B-2 Nominal tightening torques when using washers

Screw

Size

Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw

N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb

M2 0.14 1.24 0.28 2.48 0.32 2.83

M2.5 0.29 2.57 0.58 5.14 0.68 6.02

M3 0.55 4.87 1.00 8.85 1.20 10.63

M4 1.20 10.63 2.30 20.37 2.80 24.80

M5 2.40 21.25 4.50 39.85 5.40 47.82

M6 4.20 37.20 7.60 67.31 11.90 105.40

M8 10.20 90.34 19.40 171.82 28.00 247.99

M10 20.30 179.80 33.55 297.14 52.80 467.63

M12 34.50 305.55 65.80 582.77 92.70 821.01

Tightening torque   Nominal tightening torques

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

B-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 367: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 367/401

Glossary

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A access identifier (AID)

A unique identifier used to address equipment slots and ports, as well as facility tributaries, that

are defined for the system architecture.

add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing (ADM)

A high-speed multiplexing function offered by SONET that allows lower-level signals to be added

to or dropped from an optical carrier channel. The connection to the add/drop multiplexer is

through a tributary channel at a lower SONET carrier rate or a specific digital speed (for example,

DS3 or DS1).

ADM

See “add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing” (p. GL-1) for definition.

AHPHG

High Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See  “ALPHG” (p. GL-2) for related term.

AID

See “access identifier” (p. GL-1) for definition.

AIM

See “alarm indication message” (p. GL-1) for definition.

AINS

Automatic in-service.

AIS

See “alarm indication signal” (p. GL-1) for definition.

alarm

External notification or display of a failure condition. The indication of failure is towards an

external system interface or through audible or visible indicators.

alarm indication message (AIM)

A return message sent from one network element (NE) to another NE that indicates it has receiveda signal that is so degraded that it is raising an alarm.

alarm indication signal (AIS)

A signal sent downstream by an NE to indicate that its incoming signal has failed.

alarm list

A status report that lists active alarms on the NE.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-1

Page 368: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 368/401

alarm log

A history of setting and clearing system alarms on the NE.

alarm severity

An attribute that defines the priority of the alarm message. The method in which alarms are

 processed depends on their severity.

ALPHG

Low Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See “AHPHG” (p. GL-1)  for related term.

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

A United States standards body that accredits standards for programming languages,

communications, and networking. ANSI is the U.S. representative in the International

Organization for Standards (ISO).

amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)

Optical noise generated in an erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) with and without signal input

 power.

ANSI

See “American National Standards Institute” (p. GL-2) for definition.

APD

See “avalanche photodiode” (p. GL-3) for definition.

APS

See “automatic protection switching” (p. GL-3) for definition.

APSD

See “automatic power shutdown” (p. GL-3) for definition.

ASE

See “amplified spontaneous emission” (p. GL-2) for definition.

asynchronous

Data that is transmitted without an associated clock signal.

asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)

A fast-packet, connection-oriented, cell-switching technology for broadband signals. ATM is

designed to accommodate any form of data, including voice, facsimile, computer data, video,

image, and multimedia, whether compressed or uncompressed, whether real-time or non-real-time

in nature, and with guaranteed quality of service (QoS).ATM networks will accept or reject connections based on a user's average and peak bandwidth

requirements, providing flexible and efficient service for LAN-to-LAN, compressed video, and

other applications that involve variable bit rate (VBR) traffic.

ATM

See “asynchronous transfer mode” (p. GL-2) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-2   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 369: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 369/401

attenuation

The decrease in signal strength along a fiber optic waveguide caused by absorption and scattering.

Attenuation is usually expressed as dB/km.

attenuator

A passive device that reduces the amplitude of a signal without distorting the waveform.

automatic power shutdown (APSD)

A technique (procedure) to automatically shutdown the output power of optical amplifiers to

avoid exposure to hazardous levels.

automatic protection switching (APS)

A network survivability method in which traffic is automatically switched to a protection route

when a failure is detected on a working route.

autonomous message

Message sent by the system to the CIT to notify it of any state change in the system. Autonomous

messages are not  responses to a CIT-initiated command. Examples of these messages include

alarms, events (non-alarmed condition), notification of connections that are added or deleted, and

changes in the system database.

avalanche photodiode (APD)

A photodetector that can be regarded as the semiconductor analog to photomultipliers. By

applying a high reverse bias voltage (typically 100-200 V in silicon), an APD shows an internal

current gain effect (around 100) due to impact ionization (avalanche effect).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

B back reflection

See “Fresnel reflection” (p. GL-12).

background block errors (BBE)

Errors identified through OTN performance monitoring.

backward defect indication (BDI)

The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the ODUk Path layer. This defect

indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected condition that is treated as Server Signal Failure.

band optical filter (BOF)

A band-dependent optical card.

bay

An aluminum steel enclosure for rack-mounted equipment. Also know as a rack.

BB

See “broadband” (p. GL-4) for definition.

BBA

See “broadband amplifier” (p. GL-4) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-3

Page 370: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 370/401

BBE

See “background block errors” (p. GL-3) for definition.

BDI

See “backward defect indication” (p. GL-3) for definition.

BER See “bit error rate” (p. GL-4) for definition.

bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR)

A survivable SONET transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures by

 providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Network elements are

interconnected in a closed fiber loop (four fibers for a four-fiber BLSR architecture or two fibers

for a two-fiber BLSR). A service can reach its destination by traveling in either direction around

the ring. Exactly one-half of the bandwidth available between adjacent nodes in each direction is

used for working traffic, with the remaining bandwidth available for protection.

bit error rate (BER)

BER measures how accurately a bitstream is transmitted through a system. It measures how many

 bits are received in error, compared to how many bits are sent.

BLSR 

See “bidirectional line switched ring” (p. GL-4) for definition.

BOF

See “band optical filter” (p. GL-3) for definition.

broadband (BB)

A technology that refers to the always-open gateway to Internet-connected services delivered at

lightning-fast speeds.

broadband amplifier (BBA)

Optical amplifier that supports broadband technology.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

C CAD

See “channel add/drop card” (p. GL-5) for definition.

central office (CO)

A CO can be a building, a switch, or collection of switches where subscriber lines are joined to

switching equipment that connects the subscribers to each other, other subscribers, and/or longdistance subscribers.

CFR 

Code of Federal Regulations.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-4   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 371: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 371/401

channel

A communications path or the signal sent over that path.

channel add/drop card (CAD)

Used with automatic power management; allows setpoints for a manual transmission line.

channel optical filter (COF)COF cards facilitate the WaveKey encoding function, employed at service endpoints.

chromatic dispersion

The effect describing the velocity dependence of light travelling through a medium, depending on

its wavelength. For optical telecommunication signals, this effect causes the light pulses to spread

out and the resulting distortion in pulse shape degrades the signal quality.

CIDR 

See “classless inter-domain routing” (p. GL-5) for definition.

CIT

See “craft interface terminal” (p. GL-6) for definition.

cladding

Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber that has a lower index of refraction compared

to that of the core. The lower index of refraction causes the transmitted light to travel down the

core.

classless inter-domain routing (CIDR)

Routing for networks of variable sizes, defined by a variable-length subnet mask. By using subnet

mask values other than 255 (all ones) for a particular octet, the bits in the network address that are

not 'covered' by the subnet mask can be sized to create networks that do not conform to the

original Class A, B, and C subnet definitions.

CLEI

See “common language element identifier” (p. GL-6) for definition.

CN

See “control network” (p. GL-6) for definition.

CO

See “central office” (p. GL-4) for definition.

coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM)

CWDM is the method of combining multiple signals on laser beams at various wavelengths for transmission along fiber optic cables. The number of channels is fewer than in dense wavelength

division multiplexing (DWDM), but more than in standard wavelength division multiplexing

(WDM).

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-5

Page 372: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 372/401

COF

See “channel optical filter” (p. GL-5) for definition.

common language element identifier (CLEI)

CLEI codes enable you to clearly and consistently identify and track virtually every type of 

telecommunications equipment. In the United States, these codes are assigned by Telecordia, and

are 10 bytes long.

connector

A mechanical or optical device that provides a demountable connection between two fibers or a

fiber and a source or detector.

connector variation

The maximum value in dB of the difference in insertion loss between mating optical connectors

(for example, with re-mating and temperature cycling). Also called optical connector variation.

control network (CN)

The portion of the network that carries control and management traffic (for example,

communications between the NEs and between the NEs and the EMS). The control network does

not carry user traffic. The control communications use the SNMP protocol.

core

The central portion of the fiber that transmits light. It is composed of material with a higher index

of refraction than the cladding.

coupler

An optical device that combines or splits power from optical fibers.

coupling ratio/loss (CR)

The ratio/loss of optical power from one output port to the total output power, expressed as a percentage.

CPE

See “customer premises equipment” (p. GL-6) for definition.

CR 

See “coupling ratio/loss” (p. GL-6) for definition.

craft interface terminal (CIT)

A local interface between humans and a NE. It is used to issue commands to the local system or,

 by way of a remote login, to another system on the same fiber as the local system.

customer premises equipment (CPE)

Terminal and associated equipment and inside wiring located at a subscriber's premises. The

equipment is connected with the carrier's communication network at the demarcation point.

CWDM

See “coarse wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-5)  for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-6   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 373: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 373/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

D data communication network (DCN)

DCN supports communications between network elements (NEs) and the network management

system (NMS).

DCMSee “dispersion compensation module” (p. GL-7) for definition.

DCN

See “data communication network” (p. GL-7) for definition.

dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)

A multiplexing technique that uses close spectral spacing of individual optical carrier wavelengths

to reduce the total number of fibers needed to provide a given amount of information-carrying

capacity. The technique takes advantage of desirable transmission characteristics (for example,

minimum dispersion or attenuation) within a given fiber.

DGEFSee “dynamic gain equalization filter” (p. GL-7) for definition.

DHCP

See “dynamic host configuration protocol” (p. GL-7) for definition.

dispersion

The temporal spreading of a light signal in an optical waveguide caused by light signals traveling

at different speeds through a fiber either due to modal or chromatic effects.

dispersion compensation module (DCM)

Spooled fiber used to control excess dispersion found in certain fiber types at pre- and

 post-amplification.

distortion

The difference in value between two measurements of a signal (transmitted and received).

DS3

Standard for digital transmission (American National Standard for telecommunications -

Carrier-to-Customer Installation - DS3 Metallic Interface, ANSI T1.404- 1989).

DWDM

See “dense wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-7) for definition.

dynamic gain equalization filter (DGEF)

A filter that equalizes the gain of an optical signal.

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

DHCP allows a DHCP server to automatically assign an IP address to a computer's TCP/IP stack 

software. The number is taken from a defined range of numbers for a given network.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-7

Page 374: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 374/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

E earth

The European term for electrical ground.

EC

See “equipment controller” (p. GL-9) for definition.

EDFA

See “erbium-doped fiber amplifier” (p. GL-9) for definition.

edge node

A node that connects to external network or customer equipment, as opposed to providing an

interconnection point between other nodes. It is located at the "edge" of the network.

egress

Traffic leaving a network 

EIASee “Electronic Industries Alliance” (p. GL-8) for definition.

electrical variable optical attentuator (eVOA)

Works with the Tap module to provide input for Wavelength Tracker modulation and provides

optical tap for feedback signal to the Wavelength Tracker.

electromagnetic capability (EMC)

EMC is the ability of a device or system to function without error in its intended electromagnetic

environment

electromagnetic interference (EMI)

EMI refers to the emissions (high-energy, electrically induced magnetic fields) from a device or system that interfere with the normal operation of another device or system.

Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

Group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA have developed

numerous well-known communications standards, including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449.

electrostatic discharge (ESD)

Static electrical energy potentially harmful to circuit packs and humans.

Element Management System (EMS)

The EMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,

including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It includes interfaces

to external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement

(SLA) management.

EMC

See “electromagnetic capability” (p. GL-8) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-8   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 375: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 375/401

EMI

See “electromagnetic interference” (p. GL-8) for definition.

EMS

See “Element Management System” (p. GL-8) for definition.

ENEuropean Norm; a German acronym that stands for “Europaïsche Norm.”

Engineering rules

A set of rules that determine the system configuration possibilities based on fiber type, OA, rate,

and number of wavelengths. These rules also determine the maximum loss per span that can be

tolerated, the maximum distance between spans allowed, and the maximum number of spans that

can be supported.

equipment controller (EC)

EC is the equipment controller card˙, in a chassis with replaceable controllers, or it is the

integrated control hardware in a PSS-1.

erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA)

A type of amplifier with a short length of fiber that has been doped with erbium and spliced into

the operating single-mode fiber (SMF) . A three-port wavelength division multiplexer (WDM) is

used, with one incoming port connected to the operating fiber carrying the primary signal in the

1550-nm window, one incoming port attached to a pump laser operating at 980 nm or 1480 nm,

and the one outgoing port connected to the operating fiber.

ESD

See “electrostatic discharge” (p. GL-8) for definition.

Ethernet LANA LAN conformant to the 802.3 IEEE standard. This standard supports communications over 

shared media where only one device can transmit while all other devices listen. A collision

detection and handling mechanism is incorporated into the standard. Devices on the LAN

communicate by sending Ethernet packets containing a Media Access Control (MAC) address for 

the source and destination. Setting the destination MAC address to all ones supports packet

 broadcast to all devices on the LAN.

ETSI

See “European Telecommunications Standards Institute” (p. GL-9) for definition.

European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)

Located in Sophia-Antipolis, France, ETSI is the European counterpart to ANSI. Its task is to

 pave the way for telecommunications integration in the European community as part of the single

European market program. It establishes telecommunication standards for the European

community.

eVOA

See “electrical variable optical attentuator” (p. GL-8) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-9

Page 376: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 376/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

F failure

Occurs when a fault cause persists for a certain period of time.

failure in time (FIT)

A unit of failure rate in reliability analysis. One FIT is equivalent to one failure per one billionoperating hours.

failure rate

The number of failures of a device per unit of time.

FC

See “fiber optic connector” (p. GL-10) for definition.

FC

See “Federal Communications Commission” (p. GL-10) for definition.

FCSSee “frame check sequence” (p. GL-12) for definition.

FDA

See “Food and Drug Administration” (p. GL-11) for definition.

FDDI

See “fiber distributed data interface” (p. GL-10) for definition.

FDI

See “forward defect indicator” (p. GL-11) for definition.

FECSee “forward error correction” (p. GL-11) for definition.

Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

The U.S. federal regulatory agency responsible for the regulation of interstate and international

communications by radio, television, wire, satellite, and cable.

Ferrule

A rigid tube that confines or holds a fiber as part of a connector assembly.

fiber distributed data interface (FDDI)

A set of ANSI protocols used for sending digital data over fiber optic cable. FDDI networks are

token-passing networks and support data rates of up to 100 Mbps.

fiber optic cable

A cable containing one or more optical fibers.

fiber optic connector (FC)

A threaded optical connector for single-mode or multimode fiber and applications requiring low

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-10   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 377: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 377/401

 back reflection.

field-programmable gate array (FPGA)

General purpose integrated chip; chip's functions can be programmed by software. FPGAs are

mostly used for rapid development and small or medium quantities production.

file transfer protocol (FTP)A protocol used for exchanging files over the Internet. FTP uses the Internet's TCP/IP protocols to

enable data transfer. FTP is most commonly used to download/upload a file to/from a server using

the Internet.

FIT

See “failure in time” (p. GL-10) for definition.

FIT rate

The number of device failures in one billion device hours.

flash disk memory module (FMM)

A nonvolatile memory device used to store the installation software generic or the NE database.

flow

Usually refers to the movement of packets within the network (that is, packet flow).

FMM

See “flash disk memory module” (p. GL-11) for definition.

FOADM

Fixed optical add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing.

Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

An agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and is responsible for 

the safety regulation of most types of foods, dietary supplements, drugs, vaccines, biological

medical products, blood products, medical devices, radiation-emitting devices, veterinary

 products, and cosmetics.

forward defect indicator (FDI)

An automatic and fully distributed capability which indicates a failure in a server networking

layer (e.g., Physical Layer). When used with other mechanisms such as CV (Connectivity

Verification), it can indicate defects such as misbranching of LSPs and errors in swapping LSP

label.

forward error correction (FEC)A technique used for error detection and correction in which the transmitting host computer 

includes some number of redundant bits in the payload (data field) of a block or frame of data.

The receiving device uses those bits to detect, isolate and correct any errors created in

transmission. FEC avoids having to retransmit information which incurred errors in network 

transit.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-11

Page 378: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 378/401

FPGA

See “field-programmable gate array” (p. GL-11) for definition.

frame check sequence (FCS)

Extra characters added to a frame for error control purposes. Used in HDLC, Frame Relay, and

other data link layer protocols.

Fresnel reflection

A reflection of light that occurs at the air-glass interface at the ends of an optical fiber. See  “back 

reflection” (p. GL-3) for related term.

FTP

See “file transfer protocol” (p. GL-11) for definition.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

G gain

The increase in power and magnitude of a signal.

gateway network element (GNE)

A system node that has a physical attachment to the management system to support the access of 

the remote NE. The number of remote NEs a GNE can serve is specified in terms of the number 

of OSI stack associations that the GNE can support without running out of local resources.

GbE

See “Gigabit Ethernet” (p. GL-12) for definition.

Gbps

Giga bits per second

generic framing protocol (GFP)Provides a generic mechanism to adapt traffic from higher-layer client signals over an

octet-synchronous transport network. Client signals may be PDU oriented (e.g., PPP/IP or 

Ethernet MAC), block oriented (e.g., Fiber Channel or ESCON) or a Constant Bit Rate (CBR)

stream.

GFP

See “generic framing protocol” (p. GL-12) for definition.

Gigabit Ethernet (GBE)

A transmission technology based on the Ethernet frame format and protocol used in local area

networks (LANs) that provides a data rate of one billion bits (one gigabit) per second. GigabitEthernet is defined in the IEEE 802.3 standard and is currently used as the backbone in many

enterprise networks.

glass through-connection

A pair of optical connections between two segments that terminate on the same site.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-12   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 379: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 379/401

GMPLS

Generalized Multi-Protocol Label-Switching

GMRE

GMPLS Routing Engine

GNESee “gateway network element” (p. GL-12) for definition.

graphical user interface (GUI)

A program interface that takes advantage of the computer's graphics capabilities to make the

 program easier to use.

grooming

Consolidating or segregating traffic.

grooming node

A node on which incoming signals of lower rates are added (or aggregated) into a higher-rate

signal for more efficient transport.

ground

The North American term for electrical earth.

GUI

See “graphical user interface” (p. GL-13) for definition.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

I ILA

See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13) for definition.

in-line amplifier (ILA)

A repeater used in WDM technology. See “repeater” (p. GL-24)  for related term.

ingress

Traffic entering a network.

insertion loss

The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector or splice, into a

 previously continuous path.

International Standards Organization (ISO)

A United Nations agency concerned with international standardization in a broad range of 

industrial and technical fields.

International Telecommunications Union (ITU)

An international civil organization established to promote standardized telecommunications on a

worldwide basis.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-13

Page 380: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 380/401

Internet protocol (IP)

A standard protocol designed for use in interconnected systems of packet-switched computer 

communication networks. The Internet Protocol provides for transmitting blocks of data called

datagrams from sources to destinations, where sources and destinations are hosts identified by

fixed-length addresses. The Internet Protocol also provides for fragmentation and reassembly of 

long datagrams, if necessary, for transmission through small-packet networks.

Internet protocol security (IPsec)

A developing standard for security at the network or packet processing layer of network 

communication. Earlier security approaches have inserted security at the application layer of the

communications model. IPsec is especially useful for implementing virtual private networks and

for remote user access through dial-up connection to private networks.

Internet service provider (ISP)

A company that provides individuals and other companies access to the Internet and other related

services, such as Web site building and virtual hosting.

IPSee “Internet protocol” (p. GL-13) for definition.

IPsec (Internet Protocol Security)

See “Internet protocol security” (p. GL-14) for definition.

ISO

See “International Standards Organization” (p. GL-13) for definition.

ISP

See “Internet service provider” (p. GL-14) for definition.

ITUSee “International Telecommunications Union” (p. GL-13) for definition

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

J jacket

The outer, protective covering of the cable.

 jitter

Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component

characteristics, supply voltages, or imperfect synchronizing circuits.

 jumperA short fiber optic cable with connectors on both ends.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

L lambda (λ)

The eleventh letter in the Greek alphabet. In optical fiber networking, the term lambda refers to an

individual optical wavelength. See “wavelength” (p. GL-32) for related term.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-14   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 381: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 381/401

laser bias current (LBC)

Current that runs through the laser to make it work. LBC is monitored by performance

monitoring. If the current goes beyond a certain threshold, the circuit pack must be replaced.

LBC

See “laser bias current” (p. GL-14) for definition.

LBO

See “line build out” (p. GL-15) for definition.

LC

See “Lucent connector” (p. GL-16) for definition.

LD

See “line driver” (p. GL-15) for definition.

LGX

A SONET device that contains ports for optical fiber connections to an optical network element

(NE). An LGX is used to make and change connections to an NE without changing the cabling on

the NE itself.

line build out (LBO)

Attenuation used to simulate a load.

line driver (LD)

An amplifier used to improve the strength of a signal at its source by driving the input of the

transmission line with an amplified signal.

link state advertisement (LSA)

A broadcast message that advertises a link's current status.

LOF

See “loss of frame” (p. GL-15) for definition.

long reach (LR)

An optic standard that constrains the output power of transmitters and the sensitivity of receivers

for long-haul applications (up to 80 km) without the need for regeneration.

LOS

See “loss of service/loss of signal” (p. GL-15)  for definition.

lossThe amount of a signal's power, expressed in dB, that is lost in connectors, splices, or fiber 

defects.

loss of frame (LOF)

Loss of frame is detected when the OOF (out-of-frame) anomaly persists for a certain time.

loss of service/loss of signal (LOS)

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-15

Page 382: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 382/401

A condition where the optical input power falls below a certain threshold.

LR 

See “long reach” (p. GL-15) for definition.

LSA

See “link state advertisement” (p. GL-15) for definition.

Lucent connector (LC)

Designation for a small-form-factor (SFF) design based on a proven 1.25-mm ceramic ferrule.

This connector uses RJ-style latching. It facilitates high-speed applications with lower power 

requirements due to lower insertion loss (0.1 dB typical) and higher return loss (55-dB single

mode).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

M MAC

See “media access control” (p. GL-16) for definition.

management information base (MIB)

A formal description of a set of network objects that can be managed using the Simple Network 

Management Protocol (SNMP). The information is represented in a tree format.

margin

The allowance for attenuation in addition to that explicitly accounted for in system design.

master controller (MC)

The system's master controller (MC) card.

Mbps

Mega bits per second

MC

See “master controller” (p. GL-16) for definition.

MD4H

A PSS-1 Multiservice Dual module unit with 4 client ports per module, which is temperature

Hardened.

mean time between failures (MTBF)

The expected average time between failures usually expressed in hours.

mean time to repair (MTTR)

The average time that it takes until a failure is repaired. MTTR is usually expressed in hours.

media access control (MAC)

The MAC address is a computer's unique hardware number. The MAC address is used by the

media access control sublayer of the data link layer of telecommunications protocols.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-16   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 383: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 383/401

mesh

A type of network configuration that combines ROADMs to support mesh channel connectivity

 between the ROADMs without O-E-O for transmission. It is operated as a single NE with as

many as four degrees (bidirectional DWDM interfaces) that comprise two lines for the east and

two for the west.

MIB

See “management information base” (p. GL-16) for definition.

mid-stage access amplifier (MSA)

An MSA has two amplifier stages between which can be fibered a DCM/DCF card or an external

dispersion compensation unit.

modulation

A process that modifies the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) by another wave (the signal).

Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-coded

modulation (PCM).

MSA

See “mid-stage access amplifier” (p. GL-17) for definition.

MTBF

See “mean time between failures” (p. GL-16) for definition.

MTTR 

See “mean time to repair” (p. GL-16) for definition.

multimode fiber

An optical fiber that has a core large enough to propagate more than one mode of light. The

typical diameter is 62.5 micrometers.

multiplexer (MUX)

A device that combines two or more signals into a single output.

multiplexing

The process that transmits two or more signals over a single communications channel. Examples

include time-division multiplexing and wavelength-division multiplexing.

MUX

See “multiplexer” (p. GL-17) for definition.

muxponder

A networking device that multiplexes and transponds GbE signals.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

N NE

See “network element” (p. GL-18) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-17

Page 384: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 384/401

NEBS

See “Network Equipment Building System requirements” (p. GL-18) for definition.

network element (NE)

Processor-controlled entity of a telecommunications network that primarily provides switching

and transport network functions and contains network operations functions.

For 1830 PSS, a configuration of 1830 PSS equipment at a single site, addressed as a single entity,and under the control of a single controller (NE). The types of NEs are ILA (in-line amplifier) and

ADM (add/drop multiplexer).

Network Element Management System (NMS)

The NMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,

including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It has interfaces to

external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement

(SLA) management.

Network Equipment Building System requirements (NEBS)

Developed by Telcordia, standards that vendors must adhere to if they want to sell equipment tothe Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) and the Competitive Local Exchange Carriers

(CLECs).

network services

Services that the network provider creates only as infrastructure to support user services. For 

example, a VPN network service is used to implement an Ethernet service.

network time protocol (NTP)

Internet protocol used to synchronize time between network equipment.

NMS

See “Network Element Management System” (p. GL-18) for definition.

node

A node (or network element) is a set of one or more Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelves that are

viewed as a single entity by the Network Management System. A node can be any of the

following:

•   up to two single optical shelves

•   a single electrical shelf 

•   a single electrical shelf and one or more optical shelves

non-service affecting (NSA)

Refers to a condition that does not impact or interfere with network service.

NSA

See “non-service affecting” (p. GL-18) for definition.

NTP

See “network time protocol” (p. GL-18) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-18   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 385: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 385/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

O OA

See “optical amplifier” (p. GL-20) for definition.

OAMP

Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning.

OC-n

See “optical carrier level-n” (p. GL-20) for definition.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration) (OSHA)

OSHA is the main American federal agency charged with the enforcement of safety and health

legislation.

OCHAN or OCh

See “optical channel” (p. GL-20) for definition.

ODUSee “optical demultiplexer” (p. GL-20) for definition.

ODU-k

An optical logical connection with a specific rate. The rate can be either ODU-10G or ODU-40G.

OEO

See “optical-electrical-optical conversion” (p. GL-21) for definition.

OOF

See “out of frame” (p. GL-21) for definition.

Open Systems Interconnection reference model (OSI)A seven-layer model that pertains to the logical structure for communications networks

standardized by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Adherence to the

standard enables any OSI-compliant system to communicate with any other OSI-compliant

system.

Operations Support System (OSS)

A management system supporting a specific management function, such as alarm surveillance or 

 provisioning, in a carrier network. Many OSSs are large centralized systems running on

mainframes or minicomputers.

OPR 

See “optical path restoration” (p. GL-20) for definition.

OPS

See “optical protection switch” (p. GL-20) for definition.

optical add/drop multiplexer (OADM)

An OADM is a network element which allows a WDM transmission link to add or drop optical

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-19

Page 386: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 386/401

signals, without converting the photonic stream into an electrical signal. Insertion and extraction

are done using optical filters or demultiplexers. An OADM can be either non-reconfigurable or 

reconfigurable; in the latter case, optical switches need to be used.

optical amplifier (OA)

A device that amplifies an input optical signal without converting it into electrical form.

optical carrier level-n (OC-n)

A carrier rate specified in the SONET standard, where n  is a numeric.

optical cell

A number of nodes connected by fiber in a predefined manner to provide route diversity to each

node. The simplest form of optical cell is a ring. Statically allocated wavelengths are assigned

within the context of one cell.

optical channel (OCHAN, Och)

An optical wavelength band for WDM optical communications.

optical demultiplexer (ODU)

Value/indicator used for an optical demultiplexer.

optical path protection (OPP)

A protection path is defined when the connection is set up. When a fault is detected on the path,

there is a switch-over from the working path to the protection path to restore the traffic.

optical path restoration (OPR)

A recovery scheme that dynamically finds a protection path when a fault is detected. This method

is usually not capable of matching SDH/SONET recovery time periods (for example, 50 ms).

optical power meter

An instrument that measures the amount of optical power present at the end of a fiber or cable.

optical protection switch (OPS)

An optical circuit pack that provides WDM protection.

optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR)

The ratio between the optical signal power of the data signal and the power of the optical noise

signal.

optical supervisory channel (OSC)

A designated optical channel used to carry communications related to maintenance and

operational functions of the network rather than customer traffic.The OSC supports the following communications: node-to-node, interworking, client LAN, and

orderwire communication.

optical transponder (OT)

An OT is a circuit pack that performs optical-to-electrical to optical (OEO) conversion.

OTs perform frequency adaptation between 1830 PSS equipment and external equipment that is

not optically compatible with 1830 PSS Transport. OTs also provide 3R functionality (retiming,

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-20   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 387: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 387/401

reshaping, reamplification) and perform fault management and performance monitoring

(non-intrusive monitoring) on the SONET/SDH and WaveWrapper signal.

optical transport network (OTN)

A fiber-optic network designed to transport customer traffic, such as an SDH or SONET network.

See “Synchronous Digital Hierarchy” (p. GL-28) and “Synchronous Optical Network”

(p. GL-28) for examples.

optical-electrical-optical conversion (OEO)

The process of converting an optical signal to an electrical equivalent and then back to optical

data.

orderwire

A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites.

OSC

See “optical supervisory channel” (p. GL-20) for definition.

OSHA

See “Occupational Safety and Health Administration)” (p. GL-19) for definition.

OSI

See “Open Systems Interconnection reference model” (p. GL-19) for definition.

OSNR 

See “optical signal to noise ratio” (p. GL-20)  for definition.

OSP

See “outside plant” (p. GL-21) for definition.

OSS

See “Operations Support System” (p. GL-19) for definition.

OT

See “optical transponder” (p. GL-20) for definition.

OTN

See “optical transport network” (p. GL-21) for definition.

out of frame (OOF)

A state in which the frame alignment sequence of an SDH/SONET frame has not been found for 

several consecutive frames.

outside plant (OSP)

Refers to outside the central office/building premises.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-21

Page 388: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 388/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

P PCS

See “physical coding sublayer” (p. GL-22) for definition.

PDL

See “polarization dependent loss” (p. GL-22) for definition.

PDU

See “protocol data unit” (p. GL-23) for definition.

performance monitoring (PM)

Measures the quality of service and identifies any degrading or marginally operating systems

(before an alarm would be generated).

photonic cross-connect (PXC)

A fiber cross-connect that operates without optical-electrical-optical conversion. It can have one

or more wavelengths on each fiber or port.

photonic protection switch (PPS)

By provisioning of PPS cards (or optical splitters), automatic protection switch (APS) are

automatically created.

physical coding sublayer (PCS)

PCS layer monitoring used for Ethernet/FC ports.

PM

See “performance monitoring” (p. GL-22) for definition.

PMD

See “polarization mode dispersion” (p. GL-22) for definition.

point-to-point transmission

The transmission between two designated stations.

polarization dependent loss (PDL)

Loss of optical power that occurs during the polarization process. Polarized light waves are light

waves in which the vibrations occur in a single plane. The process of transforming unpolarized

light into polarized light is known as polarization (the orientation of the electric and magnetic

field vectors of a propagating electro-magnetic wave).

polarization mode dispersion (PMD)

PMD is an inherent property of all optical media. It is caused by the difference in the propagation

velocities of light in the orthogonal principal polarization states of the transmission medium. The

net effect is that if an optical pulse contains both polarization components, then the different

 polarization components will travel at different speeds and arrive at different times, smearing the

received optical signal.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-22   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 389: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 389/401

PPS

See “photonic protection switch” (p. GL-22) for definition.

protocol data unit (PDU)

A device used for the information exchange between equal protocol layers.

provisioningPlacing and configuring hardware and software required to activate a telecommunications service

for a customer. If the equipment is in place, provisioning may consist of creating or modifying a

customer record in a database to activate the services.

PXC

See “photonic cross-connect” (p. GL-22) for definition.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Q QoS

See “quality of service” (p. GL-23) for definition.

quality of service (QoS)

A set of performance parameters that characterize the transmission quality over a given virtual

connection.

QoS can be quantitatively indicated by channel or system performance parameters, such as

signal-to-noise ratio, bit error ratio, message throughput rate, and call blocking probability.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

R rack

A rack is the standardized physical framework on which network equipment such as

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelves are mounted. A rack can contain more than one shelf. Also

called bay frames.

random jitter (RJ)

Random jitter is caused by thermal noise and may be modeled as a Gaussian process. The

 peak-to-peak value of RJ is of a probabilistic nature, and thus any specific value requires an

associated probability.

receiver

A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an

optical-to-electrical converter.

receiver sensitivity

The minimum optical power required at a receiver to deliver traffic at a guaranteed bit error rate

(BER). This parameter is specified back-to-back (without the effects of chromatic dispersion or 

OSNR degradation).

reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer (ROADM)

An optical network element with a configuration that can be changed remotely. The main benefit

of this remote reconfigurability is that it reduces Operating Expenditures (OPEX) when operating

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-23

Page 390: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 390/401

a DWDM network. OPEX is reduced because the ROADM eases network provisioning and line

tuning at both the initial installation and any upgrades (to increase the capacity or re-allocate

resources to a new demand matrix).

regeneration

Electrical signal regeneration. Typically, OTUk Section regeneration and ODUk transparency is

implied in this context.

remote network monitoring (RMON)

Provides statistics for remote performance monitoring. Defined in standard RFC 2819.

repeater

A receiver and transmitter set designed to amplify attenuated signals. Repeaters are used to extend

operating range. See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13)  for related term.

request for comment (RFC)

A document that describes the specifications of a technology. RFCs are used by the Internet

Engineering Task Force (IETF) and other standards bodies.

restoration domain

A part of the network where traffic restoration is provided in isolation from the rest of the

network.

RFC

See “request for comment” (p. GL-24) for definition.

RIP

See “routing information protocol” (p. GL-24) for definition.

RJSee “random jitter” (p. GL-23) for definition.

RMON

See “remote network monitoring” (p. GL-24) for definition.

ROADM

See “reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-23)  for definition.

routing information protocol (RIP)

RIP is an interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and RIPv2 - 2453)

that specifies how routers exchange routing table information. RIP is a routing protocol based on

the distance vector algorithm. With RIP, routers periodically exchange entire tables.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

S SA

See “service affecting” (p. GL-25) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-24   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 391: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 391/401

SAN

See “storage area network” (p. GL-28) for definition.

SC

See “shelf controller” (p. GL-26) for definition.

scatteringThe change of direction of light rays or photons after striking small particles. It may also be

regarded as the diffusion of a light beam caused by the inhomogeneity of the transmitting

material.

SCOT

See “software control of transmission” (p. GL-27) for definition.

SDH

See “Synchronous Digital Hierarchy” (p. GL-28) for definition.

secure shell (SSH)

An encrypted method of transmitting data.

segment

A pair of OSP fibers connecting two sites.

SELV

Safety extra low voltage.

service affecting (SA)

Refers to a condition that impacts or interferes with network service.

Service Level Agreement (SLA)

A contract between a network service provider and a customer that specifies, usually in

measurable terms, what services the network service provider will provide.

services

Within the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system, services can be offered directly to end customers

or be used internally to a network as transport infrastructure.

SFC

See “static filter, CWDM” (p. GL-27) for definition.

SFD

See “static filter, DWDM” (p. GL-28) for definition.

SFP

See “small form-factor pluggable module” (p. GL-26) for definition.

shared risk group (SRG)

A shared risk group is a group of items that are likely to be affected by a single fault. The items

therefore share the risk of experiencing the fault.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-25

Page 392: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 392/401

shelf 

A shelf is a mechanical facility that is in general a housing for circuit packs. Shelves are housed in

Bays.

An Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node consists of one or more physical shelves equipped with

cards. The shelf provides a chassis or cage with a backplane that can contain multiple cards. The

shelf is mounted in a rack. Each shelf has a shelf controller card, plus its redundant mate. Every

node has one shelf that has its shelf controllers designated as the master controller for the node.

The node appears as a single point in the network topology to the network management system.

Connections between nodes use network links. See “node” (p. GL-18)  for related term.

shelf controller (SC)

The SC card in a Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelf.

signaling transfer point (STP)

A node in a common channel signalling network with the function of transferring messages from

one signalling link to another and considered exclusively from the viewpoint of the transfer 

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)SNMP is the protocol used to communicate between the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 nodes and

the NMS. The SNMP traffic is carried over the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 control network.

simplex

A single element (for example, a simplex connector is a single-fiber connector).

single-mode fiber (SMF)

A type of fiber which is very small in diameter and allows the light to be reflected in a single way

along the lightguide such that there is coherence in the arrival of the light signal.

site

The termination location of OSP cables. Each site can contain one or more NEs and one or moreglass-through connections.

SLA

See “Service Level Agreement” (p. GL-25) for definition.

small form-factor pluggable module (SFP)

An optical modular, hot-pluggable transceiver (compatible with IEEE-802.3z) designed for use

with small form factor (SFF) connectors, offering high speed and physical compactness. SFP

transceivers perform at data speeds of up to 5 gigabits per second, and possibly higher.

The SFP modules can be easily interchanged, therefore, electro-optical or fiber optic networks can

 be upgraded and maintained more conveniently than has been the case with traditional soldered-inmodules. Rather than replacing an entire circuit board containing several soldered-in modules, a

single module can be removed and replaced for repair or upgrading. This can result in a

substantial cost savings, both in maintenance and in upgrading efforts.

SMF

See “single-mode fiber” (p. GL-26) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-26   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 393: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 393/401

SNCP

See “Sub-Network Connection Protocol” (p. GL-28) for definition.

SNMP

See “Simple Network Management Protocol” (p. GL-26) for definition.

software control of transmission (SCOT)System software that controls the settings of EDFA pumps, VOAs, Raman pumps, DCM pumps,

DGEFs, and blockers in the ROADM NEs.

software generic (SW generic)

The whole software and (static) data associated with a particular NE release.

SONET

See “Synchronous Optical Network” (p. GL-28) for definition.

SONET wavelength service

The SONET wavelength service provides transport of SONET signals through the Alcatel-Lucent

1830 PSS-32 network.

span

A fiber link between NEs that can be unidirectional or bidirectional, depending on the network 

design. Multiple segments in tandem are connected by glass-through connections.

span loss

Loss (in dB) of optical power due to the span transmission medium (includes fiber loss and splice

losses).

splice

A permanent connection of two optical fibers through fusion or mechanical means.

SRG

See “shared risk group” (p. GL-25) for definition.

SSH

See “secure shell” (p. GL-25) for definition.

SSMF

See “standard single-mode fiber” (p. GL-27) for definition.

ST

See “straight-tip connector” (p. GL-28) for definition.

standard single-mode fiber (SSMF)

This is the most common type of fiber deployed. This fiber was designed to provide zero

chromatic dispersion at 1310 nm, to support the early long-haul transmission systems operating at

this wavelength. It has a chromatic dispersion of at most 20 ps/(nm*km) in the 1550 nm

wavelength range and usually around 17 ps/(nm*km).

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-27

Page 394: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 394/401

static filter, CWDM (SFC)

A static filter card used with a CWDM circuit pack.

static filter, DWDM (SFD)

A static filter card used with a DWDM circuit pack.

storage area network (SAN)A high-speed special-purpose network (or subnetwork) that interconnects different kinds of data

storage devices with associated data servers on behalf of a larger network of users.

STP

See “signaling transfer point” (p. GL-26) for definition.

straight-tip connector (ST)

Fiber optic connector that uses a bayonet-style coupling rather than a screw-on coupling.

STS, STS-n

See “synchronous transport signal-n” (p. GL-28) for definition.

Sub-Network Connection Protocol (SNCP)

An SDH version of UPSR.  See SDH and UPSR.

SW generic

See “software generic” (p. GL-27) for definition.

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

A family of digital transmission rates used outside of the U.S. and Japan from 51.84 Mbps to 40

Gbps that allows the interconnection of transmission products around the world.

SDH is the standard technology for synchronous data transmission on optical media. It is the

international equivalent of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET). Both SDH and SONET

technologies provide faster and less costly network interconnection than traditional

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) equipment.

Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)

A North-American standard developed by Telecordia and adapted by ANSI for the optical

long-distance networks.

SONET is the interface standard for synchronous optical-fiber transmission, applicable to the

 physical layer of the OSI reference model. SONET has a basic bit rate of 51.840 Mbps, called

OC-1, that is used to define higher rates (OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and so on) carried as a channel on

an optical fiber.

synchronous signalA data signal that is sent along with a clock signal.

synchronous transport signal-n (STS, STS-n)

The basic logical building block signal with a rate of 51.840 Mbps for an STS-1 signal and a rate

of n times 51.840 Mbps for an STS-n signal (where  n  is a numeric).

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-28   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 395: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 395/401

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

T tap

The entry point into a system module.

target identifier (TID)

A provisionable parameter used to identify an NE within a TL1 command.

TCA

See “threshold crossing alert” (p. GL-29) for definition.

TCP

See “Transmission Control Protocol” (p. GL-30) for definition.

TCP/IP

A suite of several networking protocols developed for the Internet that provides communication

across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse hardware architectures and

various operating systems. Some examples are FTP, SMTP, and SNMP.

TDM

See “time-division multiplexing” (p. GL-29) for definition.

Telecommunications Management Network (TMN)

A network that interfaces with a telecommunications network at several points to receive

information from, and to control the operation of, the telecommunications network.

thermal noise

 Noise resulting from thermally induced random fluctuation in the receiver's load resistance

current.

threshold crossing alert (TCA)

A condition set when a counter exceeds a user-selected high or low threshold. A TCA does not

generate an alarm but is available on demand through the CIT.

TID

See “target identifier” (p. GL-29) for definition.

time-division multiplexing (TDM)

A multiplexing technique whereby two or more channels are derived from a transmission medium

 by dividing access to the medium into sequential intervals. Each channel has access to the entire

 bandwidth of the medium during its interval. This implies that one transmitter uses one channel to

send several bit streams of information.

TL1 (Transaction language 1)

An OS/NE machine-to-machine language. TL1 messages are expressed as ASCII strings. TL1

messages and syntax are defined by Telecordia.

TMN

See “Telecommunications Management Network” (p. GL-29) for definition.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-29

Page 396: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 396/401

TOADM

See “tunable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-30) for definition.

topology

The pattern of interconnections between nodes in a network, such as a ring or hub. A network 

topology database contains information regarding each link in the network.

traffic grooming

Traffic can be consolidated, aggregated, or separated to achieve efficiencies of routing.

Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

A protocol used with the Internet Protocol to send data in the form of message units between

computers over the Internet. While IP handles the actual delivery of the data, TCP keeps track of 

the individual units of data (called packets) that a message is divided into for efficient routing

through the Internet.

traps (SNMP)

SNMP traps are unacknowledged events sent from an agent to a manager. In a Alcatel-Lucent1830 PSS-32 network, the agent is the node and the manager is EMS.

tunable optical add/drop multiplexer (TOADM)

A tunable ROADM that yields the ultimate in operational flexibility, especially when used in

conjunction with transponders with tunable wavelength lasers.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

U UDP

See “user datagram protocol” (p. GL-31) for definition.

UL

See “Underwriters Laboratories” (p. GL-30) for definition.

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

A U.S. non-profit privately owned and operated product safety testing and certification

organization. Develops standards and test procedures for products, materials, components,

assemblies, tools and equipment, chiefly dealing with product safety.

unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)

A survivable, closed loop transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures

 by providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Adjacent nodes on the ring

are interconnected using a single pair of optical fibers. One fiber transports traffic in one direction

(for example, clockwise), while the second fiber transports traffic in the opposite direction (for example, counterclockwise). In a UPSR, the source node bridges its outgoing traffic along

opposite directions around the ring (on paths provided by SONET synchronous transport

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-30   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 397: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 397/401

channels). In contrast to BLSR, a UPSR:

•   is path-specific as opposed to line specific

•   does not allow extra traffic (because traffic is bridged)

•   requires less coordination from source to destination (because the destination network 

element can make all its decisions without involving the source)

UPSR 

See “unidirectional path-switched ring” (p. GL-30) for definition.

user datagram protocol (UDP)

A minimal, datagram-oriented, transport network protocol above the IP network layer that does

not guarantee data ordering or delivery. Because it is datagram-oriented, each send operation by

the application results in the transmission of a single IP datagram. This contrasts with the

Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) which is byte stream oriented and guarantees the delivery

and ordering of the bytes sent. Because it is a byte stream oriented, a single send operation may

result in a no IP datagrams (buffering), a single IP datagram, or multiple IP datagrams.

user services

Services that the network provider can sell to their customers, such as Ethernet service.

UTC

Coordinated universal time.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

V variable optical attenuator (VOA)

A device used to set the attenuation of the power received over a fiber to a level required by the

receiving equipment.

VCAT

See “virtual concatenation” (p. GL-31) for definition.

very short reach (VSR)

A SONET/SDH interface that provides a low-cost interconnection solution of less than 300

meters between routers, switches, and DWDM systems.

virtual concatenation (VCAT)

Defines an inverse multiplexing procedure whereby the contiguous bandwidth is broken into

individual Virtual Containers (VC) at the source transmitter and logically represented in a Virtual

Concatenation Group (VCG). VCG members are transported as individual VCs across the

SONET/SDH network and recombined at the destination VCG receiver. While contiguousconcatenation requires concatenation functionality at each network element, virtual concatenation

do not.

virtual time-slot (VTS)

1830 PSS-1 GBEH Edge Device has a fixed assignment of 10 Virtual Time Slots to each line port.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-31

Page 398: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 398/401

VOA

See “variable optical attenuator” (p. GL-31) for definition.

VSR 

See “very short reach” (p. GL-31) for definition.

VTSSee “virtual time-slot” (p. GL-31) for definition.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

W wave division multiplexing (WDM)

WDM merges optical traffic onto one common fiber, sending several signals through one fiber 

with different wavelengths of light. WDM allows flexibility in expanding bandwidth. It reduces

costly mux/demux function, and it reuses existing optical signals.See dense wave division

multiplexing (DWDM).

wave key

A component of the Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability that is used to identify individualwavelengths through the network.

A wave key is a number between 1 and 2048. Each WDM wavelength in a 1830 PSS-32 network 

is uniquely identified by a pair of wave keys.

waveguide

A material medium that confines and guides a propagating electromagnetic wave.

waveguide coupler

A coupler that transfers light between planar waveguides.

wavelength

The distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive cycles of a wave,

typically measured in nanometers (nm). The wavelength is related to the propagation velocity and

the frequency. (Also called lambda.)

wavelength growth

A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are

added.

Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability

Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability is a patented feature of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32

which allows for the tracking of wavelengths through the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 network,

and for the measuring of the wavelengths' optical power levels at certain points along their paths.

WaveWrapper

WaveWrapper provides network management functions such as optical-layer performance

monitoring, error correction, and ring protection on a per-wavelength basis.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-32   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 399: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 399/401

WDM

See “wave division multiplexing” (p. GL-32) for definition.

WDM demand

The termination points and signal type of a service that is to be carried by the WDM network.

WDM lineA contiguous series of spans terminated by a ROADM at each end. A WDM line can be a single

span or a series of spans joined by the in-line amplifiers (ILAs).

Web user interface (WebUI)

A computer interface that provides web-based access to the network element (NE).

WebUI

See “Web user interface” (p. GL-33) for definition.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

X XFP (10-gigabit small form factor pluggable module)A pluggable optical transceiver module that combines transmitter and receiver functions in one

compact, flexible, and low cost package format. Up to sixteen XFP modules can be arranged on a

typical rack card, allowing for an unprecedented level of data density. XFP is protocol

independent, are can support OC-192/STM-64, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel,

and G.709 data streams in routers, switches and network cards. Reaches ranging from Very Short

Reach (VSR) to Long Reach (LR) can also be supported.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Y Y-coupler

A coupler that has three waveguide legs joined at the center in a “Y” shape which connects an

input port to two output ports or two-input ports to a single output port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Z ZIC (zero-installation craft)

An NE-imbedded graphical user interface (GUI) application for local operation and maintenance.

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0Issue 1 June 2013

GL-33

Page 400: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 400/401

Glossary 

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GL-34   Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC13323AAAATQZZA Release 6.0

Issue 1 June 2013

Page 401: 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

7/23/2019 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Guide.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/1830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-rel-60-installation-and-system-turn-up 401/401

Index

A   about this document, xix

.............................................................

B   Before you begin, 2-2

.............................................................

C   Cleaning optical connectors, A-3

Cleaning other optical

components, A-7

CLI access, 4-12

configure GNE for management

system access, 4-31

configure system properties, 4-55

.............................................................

E   example configuration of ftpserver, 4-57

.............................................................

F   Fiber cleaning, A-3

.............................................................

G   Glossary, GL-1

.............................................................

I   ID module replacement, 2-46

.............................................................

L   loopback IP address, 4-24

.............................................................

N   NE date and time, 4-38

.............................................................

R    rack installation, 2-7

.............................................................

S   SDH mode, 4-23

Shelf cover installation, 2-105

software environment, 4-14

.............................................................

U   update firmware, 4-49